1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * eval.c: Expression evaluation. 12 */ 13 #define USING_FLOAT_STUFF 14 15 #include "vim.h" 16 17 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 18 19 #ifdef VMS 20 # include <float.h> 21 #endif 22 23 #define DICT_MAXNEST 100 /* maximum nesting of lists and dicts */ 24 25 static char *e_letunexp = N_("E18: Unexpected characters in :let"); 26 static char *e_undefvar = N_("E121: Undefined variable: %s"); 27 static char *e_missbrac = N_("E111: Missing ']'"); 28 static char *e_dictrange = N_("E719: Cannot use [:] with a Dictionary"); 29 static char *e_letwrong = N_("E734: Wrong variable type for %s="); 30 static char *e_illvar = N_("E461: Illegal variable name: %s"); 31 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 32 static char *e_float_as_string = N_("E806: using Float as a String"); 33 #endif 34 35 #define NAMESPACE_CHAR (char_u *)"abglstvw" 36 37 static dictitem_T globvars_var; /* variable used for g: */ 38 #define globvarht globvardict.dv_hashtab 39 40 /* 41 * Old Vim variables such as "v:version" are also available without the "v:". 42 * Also in functions. We need a special hashtable for them. 43 */ 44 static hashtab_T compat_hashtab; 45 46 /* 47 * When recursively copying lists and dicts we need to remember which ones we 48 * have done to avoid endless recursiveness. This unique ID is used for that. 49 * The last bit is used for previous_funccal, ignored when comparing. 50 */ 51 static int current_copyID = 0; 52 53 /* 54 * Array to hold the hashtab with variables local to each sourced script. 55 * Each item holds a variable (nameless) that points to the dict_T. 56 */ 57 typedef struct 58 { 59 dictitem_T sv_var; 60 dict_T sv_dict; 61 } scriptvar_T; 62 63 static garray_T ga_scripts = {0, 0, sizeof(scriptvar_T *), 4, NULL}; 64 #define SCRIPT_SV(id) (((scriptvar_T **)ga_scripts.ga_data)[(id) - 1]) 65 #define SCRIPT_VARS(id) (SCRIPT_SV(id)->sv_dict.dv_hashtab) 66 67 static int echo_attr = 0; /* attributes used for ":echo" */ 68 69 /* The names of packages that once were loaded are remembered. */ 70 static garray_T ga_loaded = {0, 0, sizeof(char_u *), 4, NULL}; 71 72 /* 73 * Info used by a ":for" loop. 74 */ 75 typedef struct 76 { 77 int fi_semicolon; /* TRUE if ending in '; var]' */ 78 int fi_varcount; /* nr of variables in the list */ 79 listwatch_T fi_lw; /* keep an eye on the item used. */ 80 list_T *fi_list; /* list being used */ 81 int fi_bi; /* index of blob */ 82 blob_T *fi_blob; /* blob being used */ 83 } forinfo_T; 84 85 86 /* 87 * Array to hold the value of v: variables. 88 * The value is in a dictitem, so that it can also be used in the v: scope. 89 * The reason to use this table anyway is for very quick access to the 90 * variables with the VV_ defines. 91 */ 92 93 /* values for vv_flags: */ 94 #define VV_COMPAT 1 /* compatible, also used without "v:" */ 95 #define VV_RO 2 /* read-only */ 96 #define VV_RO_SBX 4 /* read-only in the sandbox */ 97 98 #define VV_NAME(s, t) s, {{t, 0, {0}}, 0, {0}} 99 100 static struct vimvar 101 { 102 char *vv_name; /* name of variable, without v: */ 103 dictitem16_T vv_di; /* value and name for key (max 16 chars!) */ 104 char vv_flags; /* VV_COMPAT, VV_RO, VV_RO_SBX */ 105 } vimvars[VV_LEN] = 106 { 107 /* 108 * The order here must match the VV_ defines in vim.h! 109 * Initializing a union does not work, leave tv.vval empty to get zero's. 110 */ 111 {VV_NAME("count", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 112 {VV_NAME("count1", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 113 {VV_NAME("prevcount", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 114 {VV_NAME("errmsg", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 115 {VV_NAME("warningmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 116 {VV_NAME("statusmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 117 {VV_NAME("shell_error", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 118 {VV_NAME("this_session", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 119 {VV_NAME("version", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 120 {VV_NAME("lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 121 {VV_NAME("termresponse", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 122 {VV_NAME("fname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 123 {VV_NAME("lang", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 124 {VV_NAME("lc_time", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 125 {VV_NAME("ctype", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 126 {VV_NAME("charconvert_from", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 127 {VV_NAME("charconvert_to", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 128 {VV_NAME("fname_in", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 129 {VV_NAME("fname_out", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 130 {VV_NAME("fname_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 131 {VV_NAME("fname_diff", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 132 {VV_NAME("cmdarg", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 133 {VV_NAME("foldstart", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 134 {VV_NAME("foldend", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 135 {VV_NAME("folddashes", VAR_STRING), VV_RO_SBX}, 136 {VV_NAME("foldlevel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 137 {VV_NAME("progname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 138 {VV_NAME("servername", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 139 {VV_NAME("dying", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 140 {VV_NAME("exception", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 141 {VV_NAME("throwpoint", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 142 {VV_NAME("register", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 143 {VV_NAME("cmdbang", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 144 {VV_NAME("insertmode", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 145 {VV_NAME("val", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 146 {VV_NAME("key", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 147 {VV_NAME("profiling", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 148 {VV_NAME("fcs_reason", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 149 {VV_NAME("fcs_choice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 150 {VV_NAME("beval_bufnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 151 {VV_NAME("beval_winnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 152 {VV_NAME("beval_winid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 153 {VV_NAME("beval_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 154 {VV_NAME("beval_col", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 155 {VV_NAME("beval_text", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 156 {VV_NAME("scrollstart", VAR_STRING), 0}, 157 {VV_NAME("swapname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 158 {VV_NAME("swapchoice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 159 {VV_NAME("swapcommand", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 160 {VV_NAME("char", VAR_STRING), 0}, 161 {VV_NAME("mouse_win", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 162 {VV_NAME("mouse_winid", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 163 {VV_NAME("mouse_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 164 {VV_NAME("mouse_col", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 165 {VV_NAME("operator", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 166 {VV_NAME("searchforward", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 167 {VV_NAME("hlsearch", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 168 {VV_NAME("oldfiles", VAR_LIST), 0}, 169 {VV_NAME("windowid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 170 {VV_NAME("progpath", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 171 {VV_NAME("completed_item", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 172 {VV_NAME("option_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 173 {VV_NAME("option_old", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 174 {VV_NAME("option_type", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 175 {VV_NAME("errors", VAR_LIST), 0}, 176 {VV_NAME("false", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 177 {VV_NAME("true", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 178 {VV_NAME("null", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 179 {VV_NAME("none", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 180 {VV_NAME("vim_did_enter", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 181 {VV_NAME("testing", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 182 {VV_NAME("t_number", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 183 {VV_NAME("t_string", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 184 {VV_NAME("t_func", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 185 {VV_NAME("t_list", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 186 {VV_NAME("t_dict", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 187 {VV_NAME("t_float", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 188 {VV_NAME("t_bool", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 189 {VV_NAME("t_none", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 190 {VV_NAME("t_job", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 191 {VV_NAME("t_channel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 192 {VV_NAME("t_blob", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 193 {VV_NAME("termrfgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 194 {VV_NAME("termrbgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 195 {VV_NAME("termu7resp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 196 {VV_NAME("termstyleresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 197 {VV_NAME("termblinkresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 198 {VV_NAME("event", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 199 }; 200 201 /* shorthand */ 202 #define vv_type vv_di.di_tv.v_type 203 #define vv_nr vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_number 204 #define vv_float vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_float 205 #define vv_str vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_string 206 #define vv_list vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_list 207 #define vv_dict vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_dict 208 #define vv_blob vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_blob 209 #define vv_tv vv_di.di_tv 210 211 static dictitem_T vimvars_var; /* variable used for v: */ 212 #define vimvarht vimvardict.dv_hashtab 213 214 static int ex_let_vars(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, int semicolon, int var_count, char_u *nextchars); 215 static char_u *skip_var_list(char_u *arg, int *var_count, int *semicolon); 216 static char_u *skip_var_one(char_u *arg); 217 static void list_glob_vars(int *first); 218 static void list_buf_vars(int *first); 219 static void list_win_vars(int *first); 220 static void list_tab_vars(int *first); 221 static void list_vim_vars(int *first); 222 static void list_script_vars(int *first); 223 static char_u *list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first); 224 static char_u *ex_let_one(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, char_u *endchars, char_u *op); 225 static void set_var_lval(lval_T *lp, char_u *endp, typval_T *rettv, int copy, char_u *op); 226 static int tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op); 227 static void ex_unletlock(exarg_T *eap, char_u *argstart, int deep); 228 static int do_unlet_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int forceit); 229 static int do_lock_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int deep, int lock); 230 static void item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock); 231 232 static int eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 233 static int eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 234 static int eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 235 static int eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 236 static int eval6(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 237 static int eval7(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 238 239 static int get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 240 static int get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 241 static int free_unref_items(int copyID); 242 static int get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 243 static int get_env_len(char_u **arg); 244 static char_u * make_expanded_name(char_u *in_start, char_u *expr_start, char_u *expr_end, char_u *in_end); 245 static void check_vars(char_u *name, int len); 246 static typval_T *alloc_string_tv(char_u *string); 247 static void delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi); 248 static void list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char *prefix, int *first); 249 static void list_one_var_a(char *prefix, char_u *name, int type, char_u *string, int *first); 250 static int tv_check_lock(typval_T *tv, char_u *name, int use_gettext); 251 static char_u *find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags); 252 253 /* for VIM_VERSION_ defines */ 254 #include "version.h" 255 256 257 #if defined(EBCDIC) || defined(PROTO) 258 /* 259 * Compare struct fst by function name. 260 */ 261 static int 262 compare_func_name(const void *s1, const void *s2) 263 { 264 struct fst *p1 = (struct fst *)s1; 265 struct fst *p2 = (struct fst *)s2; 266 267 return STRCMP(p1->f_name, p2->f_name); 268 } 269 270 /* 271 * Sort the function table by function name. 272 * The sorting of the table above is ASCII dependent. 273 * On machines using EBCDIC we have to sort it. 274 */ 275 static void 276 sortFunctions(void) 277 { 278 int funcCnt = (int)(sizeof(functions) / sizeof(struct fst)) - 1; 279 280 qsort(functions, (size_t)funcCnt, sizeof(struct fst), compare_func_name); 281 } 282 #endif 283 284 285 /* 286 * Initialize the global and v: variables. 287 */ 288 void 289 eval_init(void) 290 { 291 int i; 292 struct vimvar *p; 293 294 init_var_dict(&globvardict, &globvars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE); 295 init_var_dict(&vimvardict, &vimvars_var, VAR_SCOPE); 296 vimvardict.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED; 297 hash_init(&compat_hashtab); 298 func_init(); 299 300 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 301 { 302 p = &vimvars[i]; 303 if (STRLEN(p->vv_name) > 16) 304 { 305 iemsg("INTERNAL: name too long, increase size of dictitem16_T"); 306 getout(1); 307 } 308 STRCPY(p->vv_di.di_key, p->vv_name); 309 if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO) 310 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 311 else if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO_SBX) 312 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 313 else 314 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_FIX; 315 316 /* add to v: scope dict, unless the value is not always available */ 317 if (p->vv_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 318 hash_add(&vimvarht, p->vv_di.di_key); 319 if (p->vv_flags & VV_COMPAT) 320 /* add to compat scope dict */ 321 hash_add(&compat_hashtab, p->vv_di.di_key); 322 } 323 vimvars[VV_VERSION].vv_nr = VIM_VERSION_100; 324 325 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SEARCHFORWARD, 1L); 326 set_vim_var_nr(VV_HLSEARCH, 1L); 327 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 328 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 329 set_vim_var_dict(VV_EVENT, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 330 331 set_vim_var_nr(VV_FALSE, VVAL_FALSE); 332 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TRUE, VVAL_TRUE); 333 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NONE, VVAL_NONE); 334 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NULL, VVAL_NULL); 335 336 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NUMBER, VAR_TYPE_NUMBER); 337 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_STRING, VAR_TYPE_STRING); 338 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FUNC, VAR_TYPE_FUNC); 339 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_LIST, VAR_TYPE_LIST); 340 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_DICT, VAR_TYPE_DICT); 341 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FLOAT, VAR_TYPE_FLOAT); 342 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BOOL, VAR_TYPE_BOOL); 343 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NONE, VAR_TYPE_NONE); 344 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_JOB, VAR_TYPE_JOB); 345 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_CHANNEL, VAR_TYPE_CHANNEL); 346 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BLOB, VAR_TYPE_BLOB); 347 348 set_reg_var(0); /* default for v:register is not 0 but '"' */ 349 350 #ifdef EBCDIC 351 /* 352 * Sort the function table, to enable binary search. 353 */ 354 sortFunctions(); 355 #endif 356 } 357 358 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 359 void 360 eval_clear(void) 361 { 362 int i; 363 struct vimvar *p; 364 365 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 366 { 367 p = &vimvars[i]; 368 if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 369 VIM_CLEAR(p->vv_str); 370 else if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 371 { 372 list_unref(p->vv_list); 373 p->vv_list = NULL; 374 } 375 } 376 hash_clear(&vimvarht); 377 hash_init(&vimvarht); /* garbage_collect() will access it */ 378 hash_clear(&compat_hashtab); 379 380 free_scriptnames(); 381 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) 382 free_locales(); 383 # endif 384 385 /* global variables */ 386 vars_clear(&globvarht); 387 388 /* autoloaded script names */ 389 ga_clear_strings(&ga_loaded); 390 391 /* Script-local variables. First clear all the variables and in a second 392 * loop free the scriptvar_T, because a variable in one script might hold 393 * a reference to the whole scope of another script. */ 394 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 395 vars_clear(&SCRIPT_VARS(i)); 396 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 397 vim_free(SCRIPT_SV(i)); 398 ga_clear(&ga_scripts); 399 400 /* unreferenced lists and dicts */ 401 (void)garbage_collect(FALSE); 402 403 /* functions */ 404 free_all_functions(); 405 } 406 #endif 407 408 409 /* 410 * Set an internal variable to a string value. Creates the variable if it does 411 * not already exist. 412 */ 413 void 414 set_internal_string_var(char_u *name, char_u *value) 415 { 416 char_u *val; 417 typval_T *tvp; 418 419 val = vim_strsave(value); 420 if (val != NULL) 421 { 422 tvp = alloc_string_tv(val); 423 if (tvp != NULL) 424 { 425 set_var(name, tvp, FALSE); 426 free_tv(tvp); 427 } 428 } 429 } 430 431 static lval_T *redir_lval = NULL; 432 #define EVALCMD_BUSY (redir_lval == (lval_T *)&redir_lval) 433 static garray_T redir_ga; /* only valid when redir_lval is not NULL */ 434 static char_u *redir_endp = NULL; 435 static char_u *redir_varname = NULL; 436 437 /* 438 * Start recording command output to a variable 439 * When "append" is TRUE append to an existing variable. 440 * Returns OK if successfully completed the setup. FAIL otherwise. 441 */ 442 int 443 var_redir_start(char_u *name, int append) 444 { 445 int save_emsg; 446 int err; 447 typval_T tv; 448 449 /* Catch a bad name early. */ 450 if (!eval_isnamec1(*name)) 451 { 452 emsg(_(e_invarg)); 453 return FAIL; 454 } 455 456 /* Make a copy of the name, it is used in redir_lval until redir ends. */ 457 redir_varname = vim_strsave(name); 458 if (redir_varname == NULL) 459 return FAIL; 460 461 redir_lval = (lval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(lval_T)); 462 if (redir_lval == NULL) 463 { 464 var_redir_stop(); 465 return FAIL; 466 } 467 468 /* The output is stored in growarray "redir_ga" until redirection ends. */ 469 ga_init2(&redir_ga, (int)sizeof(char), 500); 470 471 /* Parse the variable name (can be a dict or list entry). */ 472 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 473 FNE_CHECK_START); 474 if (redir_endp == NULL || redir_lval->ll_name == NULL || *redir_endp != NUL) 475 { 476 clear_lval(redir_lval); 477 if (redir_endp != NULL && *redir_endp != NUL) 478 /* Trailing characters are present after the variable name */ 479 emsg(_(e_trailing)); 480 else 481 emsg(_(e_invarg)); 482 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 483 var_redir_stop(); 484 return FAIL; 485 } 486 487 /* check if we can write to the variable: set it to or append an empty 488 * string */ 489 save_emsg = did_emsg; 490 did_emsg = FALSE; 491 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 492 tv.vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 493 if (append) 494 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"."); 495 else 496 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"="); 497 clear_lval(redir_lval); 498 err = did_emsg; 499 did_emsg |= save_emsg; 500 if (err) 501 { 502 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 503 var_redir_stop(); 504 return FAIL; 505 } 506 507 return OK; 508 } 509 510 /* 511 * Append "value[value_len]" to the variable set by var_redir_start(). 512 * The actual appending is postponed until redirection ends, because the value 513 * appended may in fact be the string we write to, changing it may cause freed 514 * memory to be used: 515 * :redir => foo 516 * :let foo 517 * :redir END 518 */ 519 void 520 var_redir_str(char_u *value, int value_len) 521 { 522 int len; 523 524 if (redir_lval == NULL) 525 return; 526 527 if (value_len == -1) 528 len = (int)STRLEN(value); /* Append the entire string */ 529 else 530 len = value_len; /* Append only "value_len" characters */ 531 532 if (ga_grow(&redir_ga, len) == OK) 533 { 534 mch_memmove((char *)redir_ga.ga_data + redir_ga.ga_len, value, len); 535 redir_ga.ga_len += len; 536 } 537 else 538 var_redir_stop(); 539 } 540 541 /* 542 * Stop redirecting command output to a variable. 543 * Frees the allocated memory. 544 */ 545 void 546 var_redir_stop(void) 547 { 548 typval_T tv; 549 550 if (EVALCMD_BUSY) 551 { 552 redir_lval = NULL; 553 return; 554 } 555 556 if (redir_lval != NULL) 557 { 558 /* If there was no error: assign the text to the variable. */ 559 if (redir_endp != NULL) 560 { 561 ga_append(&redir_ga, NUL); /* Append the trailing NUL. */ 562 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 563 tv.vval.v_string = redir_ga.ga_data; 564 /* Call get_lval() again, if it's inside a Dict or List it may 565 * have changed. */ 566 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, 567 FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 568 if (redir_endp != NULL && redir_lval->ll_name != NULL) 569 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, FALSE, (char_u *)"."); 570 clear_lval(redir_lval); 571 } 572 573 /* free the collected output */ 574 VIM_CLEAR(redir_ga.ga_data); 575 576 VIM_CLEAR(redir_lval); 577 } 578 VIM_CLEAR(redir_varname); 579 } 580 581 int 582 eval_charconvert( 583 char_u *enc_from, 584 char_u *enc_to, 585 char_u *fname_from, 586 char_u *fname_to) 587 { 588 int err = FALSE; 589 590 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, enc_from, -1); 591 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, enc_to, -1); 592 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname_from, -1); 593 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, fname_to, -1); 594 if (eval_to_bool(p_ccv, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 595 err = TRUE; 596 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, NULL, -1); 597 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, NULL, -1); 598 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 599 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 600 601 if (err) 602 return FAIL; 603 return OK; 604 } 605 606 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) 607 int 608 eval_printexpr(char_u *fname, char_u *args) 609 { 610 int err = FALSE; 611 612 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname, -1); 613 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, args, -1); 614 if (eval_to_bool(p_pexpr, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 615 err = TRUE; 616 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 617 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, NULL, -1); 618 619 if (err) 620 { 621 mch_remove(fname); 622 return FAIL; 623 } 624 return OK; 625 } 626 # endif 627 628 # if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) 629 void 630 eval_diff( 631 char_u *origfile, 632 char_u *newfile, 633 char_u *outfile) 634 { 635 int err = FALSE; 636 637 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 638 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, newfile, -1); 639 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 640 (void)eval_to_bool(p_dex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 641 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 642 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, NULL, -1); 643 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 644 } 645 646 void 647 eval_patch( 648 char_u *origfile, 649 char_u *difffile, 650 char_u *outfile) 651 { 652 int err; 653 654 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 655 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, difffile, -1); 656 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 657 (void)eval_to_bool(p_pex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 658 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 659 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, NULL, -1); 660 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 661 } 662 # endif 663 664 /* 665 * Top level evaluation function, returning a boolean. 666 * Sets "error" to TRUE if there was an error. 667 * Return TRUE or FALSE. 668 */ 669 int 670 eval_to_bool( 671 char_u *arg, 672 int *error, 673 char_u **nextcmd, 674 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 675 { 676 typval_T tv; 677 varnumber_T retval = FALSE; 678 679 if (skip) 680 ++emsg_skip; 681 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL) 682 *error = TRUE; 683 else 684 { 685 *error = FALSE; 686 if (!skip) 687 { 688 retval = (tv_get_number_chk(&tv, error) != 0); 689 clear_tv(&tv); 690 } 691 } 692 if (skip) 693 --emsg_skip; 694 695 return (int)retval; 696 } 697 698 /* 699 * Call eval1() and give an error message if not done at a lower level. 700 */ 701 static int 702 eval1_emsg(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 703 { 704 char_u *start = *arg; 705 int ret; 706 int did_emsg_before = did_emsg; 707 int called_emsg_before = called_emsg; 708 709 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); 710 if (ret == FAIL) 711 { 712 // Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 713 // been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 714 // exception, or we already gave a more specific error. 715 // Also check called_emsg for when using assert_fails(). 716 if (!aborting() && did_emsg == did_emsg_before 717 && called_emsg == called_emsg_before) 718 semsg(_(e_invexpr2), start); 719 } 720 return ret; 721 } 722 723 static int 724 eval_expr_typval(typval_T *expr, typval_T *argv, int argc, typval_T *rettv) 725 { 726 char_u *s; 727 int dummy; 728 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 729 730 if (expr->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 731 { 732 s = expr->vval.v_string; 733 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 734 return FAIL; 735 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 736 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, NULL, NULL) == FAIL) 737 return FAIL; 738 } 739 else if (expr->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 740 { 741 partial_T *partial = expr->vval.v_partial; 742 743 s = partial_name(partial); 744 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 745 return FAIL; 746 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 747 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, partial, NULL) == FAIL) 748 return FAIL; 749 } 750 else 751 { 752 s = tv_get_string_buf_chk(expr, buf); 753 if (s == NULL) 754 return FAIL; 755 s = skipwhite(s); 756 if (eval1_emsg(&s, rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 757 return FAIL; 758 if (*s != NUL) /* check for trailing chars after expr */ 759 { 760 clear_tv(rettv); 761 semsg(_(e_invexpr2), s); 762 return FAIL; 763 } 764 } 765 return OK; 766 } 767 768 /* 769 * Like eval_to_bool() but using a typval_T instead of a string. 770 * Works for string, funcref and partial. 771 */ 772 int 773 eval_expr_to_bool(typval_T *expr, int *error) 774 { 775 typval_T rettv; 776 int res; 777 778 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, NULL, 0, &rettv) == FAIL) 779 { 780 *error = TRUE; 781 return FALSE; 782 } 783 res = (tv_get_number_chk(&rettv, error) != 0); 784 clear_tv(&rettv); 785 return res; 786 } 787 788 /* 789 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. If "skip" is TRUE, 790 * only parsing to "nextcmd" is done, without reporting errors. Return 791 * pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure or when "skip" is TRUE. 792 */ 793 char_u * 794 eval_to_string_skip( 795 char_u *arg, 796 char_u **nextcmd, 797 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 798 { 799 typval_T tv; 800 char_u *retval; 801 802 if (skip) 803 ++emsg_skip; 804 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL || skip) 805 retval = NULL; 806 else 807 { 808 retval = vim_strsave(tv_get_string(&tv)); 809 clear_tv(&tv); 810 } 811 if (skip) 812 --emsg_skip; 813 814 return retval; 815 } 816 817 /* 818 * Skip over an expression at "*pp". 819 * Return FAIL for an error, OK otherwise. 820 */ 821 int 822 skip_expr(char_u **pp) 823 { 824 typval_T rettv; 825 826 *pp = skipwhite(*pp); 827 return eval1(pp, &rettv, FALSE); 828 } 829 830 /* 831 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. 832 * When "convert" is TRUE convert a List into a sequence of lines and convert 833 * a Float to a String. 834 * Return pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. 835 */ 836 char_u * 837 eval_to_string( 838 char_u *arg, 839 char_u **nextcmd, 840 int convert) 841 { 842 typval_T tv; 843 char_u *retval; 844 garray_T ga; 845 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 846 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 847 #endif 848 849 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 850 retval = NULL; 851 else 852 { 853 if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 854 { 855 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char), 80); 856 if (tv.vval.v_list != NULL) 857 { 858 list_join(&ga, tv.vval.v_list, (char_u *)"\n", TRUE, FALSE, 0); 859 if (tv.vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 860 ga_append(&ga, NL); 861 } 862 ga_append(&ga, NUL); 863 retval = (char_u *)ga.ga_data; 864 } 865 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 866 else if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 867 { 868 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv.vval.v_float); 869 retval = vim_strsave(numbuf); 870 } 871 #endif 872 else 873 retval = vim_strsave(tv_get_string(&tv)); 874 clear_tv(&tv); 875 } 876 877 return retval; 878 } 879 880 /* 881 * Call eval_to_string() without using current local variables and using 882 * textlock. When "use_sandbox" is TRUE use the sandbox. 883 */ 884 char_u * 885 eval_to_string_safe( 886 char_u *arg, 887 char_u **nextcmd, 888 int use_sandbox) 889 { 890 char_u *retval; 891 funccal_entry_T funccal_entry; 892 893 save_funccal(&funccal_entry); 894 if (use_sandbox) 895 ++sandbox; 896 ++textlock; 897 retval = eval_to_string(arg, nextcmd, FALSE); 898 if (use_sandbox) 899 --sandbox; 900 --textlock; 901 restore_funccal(); 902 return retval; 903 } 904 905 /* 906 * Top level evaluation function, returning a number. 907 * Evaluates "expr" silently. 908 * Returns -1 for an error. 909 */ 910 varnumber_T 911 eval_to_number(char_u *expr) 912 { 913 typval_T rettv; 914 varnumber_T retval; 915 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 916 917 ++emsg_off; 918 919 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 920 retval = -1; 921 else 922 { 923 retval = tv_get_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 924 clear_tv(&rettv); 925 } 926 --emsg_off; 927 928 return retval; 929 } 930 931 /* 932 * Prepare v: variable "idx" to be used. 933 * Save the current typeval in "save_tv". 934 * When not used yet add the variable to the v: hashtable. 935 */ 936 static void 937 prepare_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 938 { 939 *save_tv = vimvars[idx].vv_tv; 940 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 941 hash_add(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 942 } 943 944 /* 945 * Restore v: variable "idx" to typeval "save_tv". 946 * When no longer defined, remove the variable from the v: hashtable. 947 */ 948 static void 949 restore_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 950 { 951 hashitem_T *hi; 952 953 vimvars[idx].vv_tv = *save_tv; 954 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 955 { 956 hi = hash_find(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 957 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 958 internal_error("restore_vimvar()"); 959 else 960 hash_remove(&vimvarht, hi); 961 } 962 } 963 964 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 965 /* 966 * Evaluate an expression to a list with suggestions. 967 * For the "expr:" part of 'spellsuggest'. 968 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 969 */ 970 list_T * 971 eval_spell_expr(char_u *badword, char_u *expr) 972 { 973 typval_T save_val; 974 typval_T rettv; 975 list_T *list = NULL; 976 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 977 978 /* Set "v:val" to the bad word. */ 979 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 980 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 981 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_str = badword; 982 if (p_verbose == 0) 983 ++emsg_off; 984 985 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == OK) 986 { 987 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 988 clear_tv(&rettv); 989 else 990 list = rettv.vval.v_list; 991 } 992 993 if (p_verbose == 0) 994 --emsg_off; 995 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 996 997 return list; 998 } 999 1000 /* 1001 * "list" is supposed to contain two items: a word and a number. Return the 1002 * word in "pp" and the number as the return value. 1003 * Return -1 if anything isn't right. 1004 * Used to get the good word and score from the eval_spell_expr() result. 1005 */ 1006 int 1007 get_spellword(list_T *list, char_u **pp) 1008 { 1009 listitem_T *li; 1010 1011 li = list->lv_first; 1012 if (li == NULL) 1013 return -1; 1014 *pp = tv_get_string(&li->li_tv); 1015 1016 li = li->li_next; 1017 if (li == NULL) 1018 return -1; 1019 return (int)tv_get_number(&li->li_tv); 1020 } 1021 #endif 1022 1023 /* 1024 * Top level evaluation function. 1025 * Returns an allocated typval_T with the result. 1026 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 1027 */ 1028 typval_T * 1029 eval_expr(char_u *arg, char_u **nextcmd) 1030 { 1031 typval_T *tv; 1032 1033 tv = (typval_T *)alloc(sizeof(typval_T)); 1034 if (tv != NULL && eval0(arg, tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 1035 VIM_CLEAR(tv); 1036 1037 return tv; 1038 } 1039 1040 1041 /* 1042 * Call some Vim script function and return the result in "*rettv". 1043 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] 1044 * should have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1045 * Returns OK or FAIL. 1046 */ 1047 int 1048 call_vim_function( 1049 char_u *func, 1050 int argc, 1051 typval_T *argv, 1052 typval_T *rettv) 1053 { 1054 int doesrange; 1055 int ret; 1056 1057 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; /* clear_tv() uses this */ 1058 ret = call_func(func, (int)STRLEN(func), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 1059 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1060 &doesrange, TRUE, NULL, NULL); 1061 if (ret == FAIL) 1062 clear_tv(rettv); 1063 1064 return ret; 1065 } 1066 1067 /* 1068 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a number. 1069 * Returns -1 when calling the function fails. 1070 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1071 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1072 */ 1073 varnumber_T 1074 call_func_retnr( 1075 char_u *func, 1076 int argc, 1077 typval_T *argv) 1078 { 1079 typval_T rettv; 1080 varnumber_T retval; 1081 1082 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv) == FAIL) 1083 return -1; 1084 1085 retval = tv_get_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 1086 clear_tv(&rettv); 1087 return retval; 1088 } 1089 1090 #if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) \ 1091 || defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(PROTO) 1092 1093 # if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) || defined(PROTO) 1094 /* 1095 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a string. 1096 * Returns NULL when calling the function fails. 1097 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1098 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1099 */ 1100 void * 1101 call_func_retstr( 1102 char_u *func, 1103 int argc, 1104 typval_T *argv) 1105 { 1106 typval_T rettv; 1107 char_u *retval; 1108 1109 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv) == FAIL) 1110 return NULL; 1111 1112 retval = vim_strsave(tv_get_string(&rettv)); 1113 clear_tv(&rettv); 1114 return retval; 1115 } 1116 # endif 1117 1118 /* 1119 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a List. 1120 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1121 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1122 * Returns NULL when there is something wrong. 1123 */ 1124 void * 1125 call_func_retlist( 1126 char_u *func, 1127 int argc, 1128 typval_T *argv) 1129 { 1130 typval_T rettv; 1131 1132 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv) == FAIL) 1133 return NULL; 1134 1135 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 1136 { 1137 clear_tv(&rettv); 1138 return NULL; 1139 } 1140 1141 return rettv.vval.v_list; 1142 } 1143 #endif 1144 1145 1146 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1147 /* 1148 * Evaluate 'foldexpr'. Returns the foldlevel, and any character preceding 1149 * it in "*cp". Doesn't give error messages. 1150 */ 1151 int 1152 eval_foldexpr(char_u *arg, int *cp) 1153 { 1154 typval_T tv; 1155 varnumber_T retval; 1156 char_u *s; 1157 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"foldexpr", 1158 OPT_LOCAL); 1159 1160 ++emsg_off; 1161 if (use_sandbox) 1162 ++sandbox; 1163 ++textlock; 1164 *cp = NUL; 1165 if (eval0(arg, &tv, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 1166 retval = 0; 1167 else 1168 { 1169 /* If the result is a number, just return the number. */ 1170 if (tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 1171 retval = tv.vval.v_number; 1172 else if (tv.v_type != VAR_STRING || tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 1173 retval = 0; 1174 else 1175 { 1176 /* If the result is a string, check if there is a non-digit before 1177 * the number. */ 1178 s = tv.vval.v_string; 1179 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s) && *s != '-') 1180 *cp = *s++; 1181 retval = atol((char *)s); 1182 } 1183 clear_tv(&tv); 1184 } 1185 --emsg_off; 1186 if (use_sandbox) 1187 --sandbox; 1188 --textlock; 1189 1190 return (int)retval; 1191 } 1192 #endif 1193 1194 /* 1195 * ":let" list all variable values 1196 * ":let var1 var2" list variable values 1197 * ":let var = expr" assignment command. 1198 * ":let var += expr" assignment command. 1199 * ":let var -= expr" assignment command. 1200 * ":let var *= expr" assignment command. 1201 * ":let var /= expr" assignment command. 1202 * ":let var %= expr" assignment command. 1203 * ":let var .= expr" assignment command. 1204 * ":let [var1, var2] = expr" unpack list. 1205 */ 1206 void 1207 ex_let(exarg_T *eap) 1208 { 1209 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 1210 char_u *expr = NULL; 1211 typval_T rettv; 1212 int i; 1213 int var_count = 0; 1214 int semicolon = 0; 1215 char_u op[2]; 1216 char_u *argend; 1217 int first = TRUE; 1218 1219 argend = skip_var_list(arg, &var_count, &semicolon); 1220 if (argend == NULL) 1221 return; 1222 if (argend > arg && argend[-1] == '.') // for var.='str' 1223 --argend; 1224 expr = skipwhite(argend); 1225 if (*expr != '=' && !(vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-*/%.", *expr) != NULL 1226 && expr[1] == '=')) 1227 { 1228 /* 1229 * ":let" without "=": list variables 1230 */ 1231 if (*arg == '[') 1232 emsg(_(e_invarg)); 1233 else if (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 1234 /* ":let var1 var2" */ 1235 arg = list_arg_vars(eap, arg, &first); 1236 else if (!eap->skip) 1237 { 1238 /* ":let" */ 1239 list_glob_vars(&first); 1240 list_buf_vars(&first); 1241 list_win_vars(&first); 1242 list_tab_vars(&first); 1243 list_script_vars(&first); 1244 list_func_vars(&first); 1245 list_vim_vars(&first); 1246 } 1247 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 1248 } 1249 else 1250 { 1251 op[0] = '='; 1252 op[1] = NUL; 1253 if (*expr != '=') 1254 { 1255 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-*/%.", *expr) != NULL) 1256 op[0] = *expr; // +=, -=, *=, /=, %= or .= 1257 expr = skipwhite(expr + 2); 1258 } 1259 else 1260 expr = skipwhite(expr + 1); 1261 1262 if (eap->skip) 1263 ++emsg_skip; 1264 i = eval0(expr, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, !eap->skip); 1265 if (eap->skip) 1266 { 1267 if (i != FAIL) 1268 clear_tv(&rettv); 1269 --emsg_skip; 1270 } 1271 else if (i != FAIL) 1272 { 1273 (void)ex_let_vars(eap->arg, &rettv, FALSE, semicolon, var_count, 1274 op); 1275 clear_tv(&rettv); 1276 } 1277 } 1278 } 1279 1280 /* 1281 * Assign the typevalue "tv" to the variable or variables at "arg_start". 1282 * Handles both "var" with any type and "[var, var; var]" with a list type. 1283 * When "nextchars" is not NULL it points to a string with characters that 1284 * must appear after the variable(s). Use "+", "-" or "." for add, subtract 1285 * or concatenate. 1286 * Returns OK or FAIL; 1287 */ 1288 static int 1289 ex_let_vars( 1290 char_u *arg_start, 1291 typval_T *tv, 1292 int copy, /* copy values from "tv", don't move */ 1293 int semicolon, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1294 int var_count, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1295 char_u *nextchars) 1296 { 1297 char_u *arg = arg_start; 1298 list_T *l; 1299 int i; 1300 listitem_T *item; 1301 typval_T ltv; 1302 1303 if (*arg != '[') 1304 { 1305 /* 1306 * ":let var = expr" or ":for var in list" 1307 */ 1308 if (ex_let_one(arg, tv, copy, nextchars, nextchars) == NULL) 1309 return FAIL; 1310 return OK; 1311 } 1312 1313 /* 1314 * ":let [v1, v2] = list" or ":for [v1, v2] in listlist" 1315 */ 1316 if (tv->v_type != VAR_LIST || (l = tv->vval.v_list) == NULL) 1317 { 1318 emsg(_(e_listreq)); 1319 return FAIL; 1320 } 1321 1322 i = list_len(l); 1323 if (semicolon == 0 && var_count < i) 1324 { 1325 emsg(_("E687: Less targets than List items")); 1326 return FAIL; 1327 } 1328 if (var_count - semicolon > i) 1329 { 1330 emsg(_("E688: More targets than List items")); 1331 return FAIL; 1332 } 1333 1334 item = l->lv_first; 1335 while (*arg != ']') 1336 { 1337 arg = skipwhite(arg + 1); 1338 arg = ex_let_one(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, (char_u *)",;]", nextchars); 1339 item = item->li_next; 1340 if (arg == NULL) 1341 return FAIL; 1342 1343 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1344 if (*arg == ';') 1345 { 1346 /* Put the rest of the list (may be empty) in the var after ';'. 1347 * Create a new list for this. */ 1348 l = list_alloc(); 1349 if (l == NULL) 1350 return FAIL; 1351 while (item != NULL) 1352 { 1353 list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv); 1354 item = item->li_next; 1355 } 1356 1357 ltv.v_type = VAR_LIST; 1358 ltv.v_lock = 0; 1359 ltv.vval.v_list = l; 1360 l->lv_refcount = 1; 1361 1362 arg = ex_let_one(skipwhite(arg + 1), <v, FALSE, 1363 (char_u *)"]", nextchars); 1364 clear_tv(<v); 1365 if (arg == NULL) 1366 return FAIL; 1367 break; 1368 } 1369 else if (*arg != ',' && *arg != ']') 1370 { 1371 internal_error("ex_let_vars()"); 1372 return FAIL; 1373 } 1374 } 1375 1376 return OK; 1377 } 1378 1379 /* 1380 * Skip over assignable variable "var" or list of variables "[var, var]". 1381 * Used for ":let varvar = expr" and ":for varvar in expr". 1382 * For "[var, var]" increment "*var_count" for each variable. 1383 * for "[var, var; var]" set "semicolon". 1384 * Return NULL for an error. 1385 */ 1386 static char_u * 1387 skip_var_list( 1388 char_u *arg, 1389 int *var_count, 1390 int *semicolon) 1391 { 1392 char_u *p, *s; 1393 1394 if (*arg == '[') 1395 { 1396 /* "[var, var]": find the matching ']'. */ 1397 p = arg; 1398 for (;;) 1399 { 1400 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip whites after '[', ';' or ',' */ 1401 s = skip_var_one(p); 1402 if (s == p) 1403 { 1404 semsg(_(e_invarg2), p); 1405 return NULL; 1406 } 1407 ++*var_count; 1408 1409 p = skipwhite(s); 1410 if (*p == ']') 1411 break; 1412 else if (*p == ';') 1413 { 1414 if (*semicolon == 1) 1415 { 1416 emsg(_("Double ; in list of variables")); 1417 return NULL; 1418 } 1419 *semicolon = 1; 1420 } 1421 else if (*p != ',') 1422 { 1423 semsg(_(e_invarg2), p); 1424 return NULL; 1425 } 1426 } 1427 return p + 1; 1428 } 1429 else 1430 return skip_var_one(arg); 1431 } 1432 1433 /* 1434 * Skip one (assignable) variable name, including @r, $VAR, &option, d.key, 1435 * l[idx]. 1436 */ 1437 static char_u * 1438 skip_var_one(char_u *arg) 1439 { 1440 if (*arg == '@' && arg[1] != NUL) 1441 return arg + 2; 1442 return find_name_end(*arg == '$' || *arg == '&' ? arg + 1 : arg, 1443 NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1444 } 1445 1446 /* 1447 * List variables for hashtab "ht" with prefix "prefix". 1448 * If "empty" is TRUE also list NULL strings as empty strings. 1449 */ 1450 void 1451 list_hashtable_vars( 1452 hashtab_T *ht, 1453 char *prefix, 1454 int empty, 1455 int *first) 1456 { 1457 hashitem_T *hi; 1458 dictitem_T *di; 1459 int todo; 1460 char_u buf[IOSIZE]; 1461 1462 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 1463 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 1464 { 1465 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 1466 { 1467 --todo; 1468 di = HI2DI(hi); 1469 1470 // apply :filter /pat/ to variable name 1471 vim_strncpy((char_u *)buf, (char_u *)prefix, IOSIZE - 1); 1472 vim_strcat((char_u *)buf, di->di_key, IOSIZE); 1473 if (message_filtered(buf)) 1474 continue; 1475 1476 if (empty || di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_STRING 1477 || di->di_tv.vval.v_string != NULL) 1478 list_one_var(di, prefix, first); 1479 } 1480 } 1481 } 1482 1483 /* 1484 * List global variables. 1485 */ 1486 static void 1487 list_glob_vars(int *first) 1488 { 1489 list_hashtable_vars(&globvarht, "", TRUE, first); 1490 } 1491 1492 /* 1493 * List buffer variables. 1494 */ 1495 static void 1496 list_buf_vars(int *first) 1497 { 1498 list_hashtable_vars(&curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab, "b:", TRUE, first); 1499 } 1500 1501 /* 1502 * List window variables. 1503 */ 1504 static void 1505 list_win_vars(int *first) 1506 { 1507 list_hashtable_vars(&curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab, "w:", TRUE, first); 1508 } 1509 1510 /* 1511 * List tab page variables. 1512 */ 1513 static void 1514 list_tab_vars(int *first) 1515 { 1516 list_hashtable_vars(&curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab, "t:", TRUE, first); 1517 } 1518 1519 /* 1520 * List Vim variables. 1521 */ 1522 static void 1523 list_vim_vars(int *first) 1524 { 1525 list_hashtable_vars(&vimvarht, "v:", FALSE, first); 1526 } 1527 1528 /* 1529 * List script-local variables, if there is a script. 1530 */ 1531 static void 1532 list_script_vars(int *first) 1533 { 1534 if (current_sctx.sc_sid > 0 && current_sctx.sc_sid <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 1535 list_hashtable_vars(&SCRIPT_VARS(current_sctx.sc_sid), 1536 "s:", FALSE, first); 1537 } 1538 1539 /* 1540 * List variables in "arg". 1541 */ 1542 static char_u * 1543 list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first) 1544 { 1545 int error = FALSE; 1546 int len; 1547 char_u *name; 1548 char_u *name_start; 1549 char_u *arg_subsc; 1550 char_u *tofree; 1551 typval_T tv; 1552 1553 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 1554 { 1555 if (error || eap->skip) 1556 { 1557 arg = find_name_end(arg, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1558 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && !ends_excmd(*arg)) 1559 { 1560 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1561 emsg(_(e_trailing)); 1562 break; 1563 } 1564 } 1565 else 1566 { 1567 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 1568 name_start = name = arg; 1569 len = get_name_len(&arg, &tofree, TRUE, TRUE); 1570 if (len <= 0) 1571 { 1572 /* This is mainly to keep test 49 working: when expanding 1573 * curly braces fails overrule the exception error message. */ 1574 if (len < 0 && !aborting()) 1575 { 1576 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1577 semsg(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1578 break; 1579 } 1580 error = TRUE; 1581 } 1582 else 1583 { 1584 if (tofree != NULL) 1585 name = tofree; 1586 if (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1587 error = TRUE; 1588 else 1589 { 1590 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 1591 arg_subsc = arg; 1592 if (handle_subscript(&arg, &tv, TRUE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1593 error = TRUE; 1594 else 1595 { 1596 if (arg == arg_subsc && len == 2 && name[1] == ':') 1597 { 1598 switch (*name) 1599 { 1600 case 'g': list_glob_vars(first); break; 1601 case 'b': list_buf_vars(first); break; 1602 case 'w': list_win_vars(first); break; 1603 case 't': list_tab_vars(first); break; 1604 case 'v': list_vim_vars(first); break; 1605 case 's': list_script_vars(first); break; 1606 case 'l': list_func_vars(first); break; 1607 default: 1608 semsg(_("E738: Can't list variables for %s"), name); 1609 } 1610 } 1611 else 1612 { 1613 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1614 char_u *tf; 1615 int c; 1616 char_u *s; 1617 1618 s = echo_string(&tv, &tf, numbuf, 0); 1619 c = *arg; 1620 *arg = NUL; 1621 list_one_var_a("", 1622 arg == arg_subsc ? name : name_start, 1623 tv.v_type, 1624 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, 1625 first); 1626 *arg = c; 1627 vim_free(tf); 1628 } 1629 clear_tv(&tv); 1630 } 1631 } 1632 } 1633 1634 vim_free(tofree); 1635 } 1636 1637 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1638 } 1639 1640 return arg; 1641 } 1642 1643 /* 1644 * Set one item of ":let var = expr" or ":let [v1, v2] = list" to its value. 1645 * Returns a pointer to the char just after the var name. 1646 * Returns NULL if there is an error. 1647 */ 1648 static char_u * 1649 ex_let_one( 1650 char_u *arg, /* points to variable name */ 1651 typval_T *tv, /* value to assign to variable */ 1652 int copy, /* copy value from "tv" */ 1653 char_u *endchars, /* valid chars after variable name or NULL */ 1654 char_u *op) /* "+", "-", "." or NULL*/ 1655 { 1656 int c1; 1657 char_u *name; 1658 char_u *p; 1659 char_u *arg_end = NULL; 1660 int len; 1661 int opt_flags; 1662 char_u *tofree = NULL; 1663 1664 /* 1665 * ":let $VAR = expr": Set environment variable. 1666 */ 1667 if (*arg == '$') 1668 { 1669 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1670 ++arg; 1671 name = arg; 1672 len = get_env_len(&arg); 1673 if (len == 0) 1674 semsg(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 1675 else 1676 { 1677 if (op != NULL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-*/%", *op) != NULL) 1678 semsg(_(e_letwrong), op); 1679 else if (endchars != NULL 1680 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg)) == NULL) 1681 emsg(_(e_letunexp)); 1682 else if (!check_secure()) 1683 { 1684 c1 = name[len]; 1685 name[len] = NUL; 1686 p = tv_get_string_chk(tv); 1687 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1688 { 1689 int mustfree = FALSE; 1690 char_u *s = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 1691 1692 if (s != NULL) 1693 { 1694 p = tofree = concat_str(s, p); 1695 if (mustfree) 1696 vim_free(s); 1697 } 1698 } 1699 if (p != NULL) 1700 { 1701 vim_setenv(name, p); 1702 if (STRICMP(name, "HOME") == 0) 1703 init_homedir(); 1704 else if (didset_vim && STRICMP(name, "VIM") == 0) 1705 didset_vim = FALSE; 1706 else if (didset_vimruntime 1707 && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) 1708 didset_vimruntime = FALSE; 1709 arg_end = arg; 1710 } 1711 name[len] = c1; 1712 vim_free(tofree); 1713 } 1714 } 1715 } 1716 1717 /* 1718 * ":let &option = expr": Set option value. 1719 * ":let &l:option = expr": Set local option value. 1720 * ":let &g:option = expr": Set global option value. 1721 */ 1722 else if (*arg == '&') 1723 { 1724 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1725 p = find_option_end(&arg, &opt_flags); 1726 if (p == NULL || (endchars != NULL 1727 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL)) 1728 emsg(_(e_letunexp)); 1729 else 1730 { 1731 long n; 1732 int opt_type; 1733 long numval; 1734 char_u *stringval = NULL; 1735 char_u *s; 1736 1737 c1 = *p; 1738 *p = NUL; 1739 1740 n = (long)tv_get_number(tv); 1741 s = tv_get_string_chk(tv); /* != NULL if number or string */ 1742 if (s != NULL && op != NULL && *op != '=') 1743 { 1744 opt_type = get_option_value(arg, &numval, 1745 &stringval, opt_flags); 1746 if ((opt_type == 1 && *op == '.') 1747 || (opt_type == 0 && *op != '.')) 1748 { 1749 semsg(_(e_letwrong), op); 1750 s = NULL; // don't set the value 1751 } 1752 else 1753 { 1754 if (opt_type == 1) // number 1755 { 1756 switch (*op) 1757 { 1758 case '+': n = numval + n; break; 1759 case '-': n = numval - n; break; 1760 case '*': n = numval * n; break; 1761 case '/': n = numval / n; break; 1762 case '%': n = numval % n; break; 1763 } 1764 } 1765 else if (opt_type == 0 && stringval != NULL) // string 1766 { 1767 s = concat_str(stringval, s); 1768 vim_free(stringval); 1769 stringval = s; 1770 } 1771 } 1772 } 1773 if (s != NULL) 1774 { 1775 set_option_value(arg, n, s, opt_flags); 1776 arg_end = p; 1777 } 1778 *p = c1; 1779 vim_free(stringval); 1780 } 1781 } 1782 1783 /* 1784 * ":let @r = expr": Set register contents. 1785 */ 1786 else if (*arg == '@') 1787 { 1788 ++arg; 1789 if (op != NULL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-*/%", *op) != NULL) 1790 semsg(_(e_letwrong), op); 1791 else if (endchars != NULL 1792 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg + 1)) == NULL) 1793 emsg(_(e_letunexp)); 1794 else 1795 { 1796 char_u *ptofree = NULL; 1797 char_u *s; 1798 1799 p = tv_get_string_chk(tv); 1800 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1801 { 1802 s = get_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, GREG_EXPR_SRC); 1803 if (s != NULL) 1804 { 1805 p = ptofree = concat_str(s, p); 1806 vim_free(s); 1807 } 1808 } 1809 if (p != NULL) 1810 { 1811 write_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, p, -1, FALSE); 1812 arg_end = arg + 1; 1813 } 1814 vim_free(ptofree); 1815 } 1816 } 1817 1818 /* 1819 * ":let var = expr": Set internal variable. 1820 * ":let {expr} = expr": Idem, name made with curly braces 1821 */ 1822 else if (eval_isnamec1(*arg) || *arg == '{') 1823 { 1824 lval_T lv; 1825 1826 p = get_lval(arg, tv, &lv, FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 1827 if (p != NULL && lv.ll_name != NULL) 1828 { 1829 if (endchars != NULL && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL) 1830 emsg(_(e_letunexp)); 1831 else 1832 { 1833 set_var_lval(&lv, p, tv, copy, op); 1834 arg_end = p; 1835 } 1836 } 1837 clear_lval(&lv); 1838 } 1839 1840 else 1841 semsg(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1842 1843 return arg_end; 1844 } 1845 1846 /* 1847 * Get an lval: variable, Dict item or List item that can be assigned a value 1848 * to: "name", "na{me}", "name[expr]", "name[expr:expr]", "name[expr][expr]", 1849 * "name.key", "name.key[expr]" etc. 1850 * Indexing only works if "name" is an existing List or Dictionary. 1851 * "name" points to the start of the name. 1852 * If "rettv" is not NULL it points to the value to be assigned. 1853 * "unlet" is TRUE for ":unlet": slightly different behavior when something is 1854 * wrong; must end in space or cmd separator. 1855 * 1856 * flags: 1857 * GLV_QUIET: do not give error messages 1858 * GLV_READ_ONLY: will not change the variable 1859 * GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD: do not use script autoloading 1860 * 1861 * Returns a pointer to just after the name, including indexes. 1862 * When an evaluation error occurs "lp->ll_name" is NULL; 1863 * Returns NULL for a parsing error. Still need to free items in "lp"! 1864 */ 1865 char_u * 1866 get_lval( 1867 char_u *name, 1868 typval_T *rettv, 1869 lval_T *lp, 1870 int unlet, 1871 int skip, 1872 int flags, /* GLV_ values */ 1873 int fne_flags) /* flags for find_name_end() */ 1874 { 1875 char_u *p; 1876 char_u *expr_start, *expr_end; 1877 int cc; 1878 dictitem_T *v; 1879 typval_T var1; 1880 typval_T var2; 1881 int empty1 = FALSE; 1882 listitem_T *ni; 1883 char_u *key = NULL; 1884 int len; 1885 hashtab_T *ht; 1886 int quiet = flags & GLV_QUIET; 1887 1888 /* Clear everything in "lp". */ 1889 vim_memset(lp, 0, sizeof(lval_T)); 1890 1891 if (skip) 1892 { 1893 /* When skipping just find the end of the name. */ 1894 lp->ll_name = name; 1895 return find_name_end(name, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | fne_flags); 1896 } 1897 1898 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1899 p = find_name_end(name, &expr_start, &expr_end, fne_flags); 1900 if (expr_start != NULL) 1901 { 1902 /* Don't expand the name when we already know there is an error. */ 1903 if (unlet && !VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && !ends_excmd(*p) 1904 && *p != '[' && *p != '.') 1905 { 1906 emsg(_(e_trailing)); 1907 return NULL; 1908 } 1909 1910 lp->ll_exp_name = make_expanded_name(name, expr_start, expr_end, p); 1911 if (lp->ll_exp_name == NULL) 1912 { 1913 /* Report an invalid expression in braces, unless the 1914 * expression evaluation has been cancelled due to an 1915 * aborting error, an interrupt, or an exception. */ 1916 if (!aborting() && !quiet) 1917 { 1918 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1919 semsg(_(e_invarg2), name); 1920 return NULL; 1921 } 1922 } 1923 lp->ll_name = lp->ll_exp_name; 1924 } 1925 else 1926 lp->ll_name = name; 1927 1928 /* Without [idx] or .key we are done. */ 1929 if ((*p != '[' && *p != '.') || lp->ll_name == NULL) 1930 return p; 1931 1932 cc = *p; 1933 *p = NUL; 1934 /* Only pass &ht when we would write to the variable, it prevents autoload 1935 * as well. */ 1936 v = find_var(lp->ll_name, (flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) ? NULL : &ht, 1937 flags & GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD); 1938 if (v == NULL && !quiet) 1939 semsg(_(e_undefvar), lp->ll_name); 1940 *p = cc; 1941 if (v == NULL) 1942 return NULL; 1943 1944 /* 1945 * Loop until no more [idx] or .key is following. 1946 */ 1947 lp->ll_tv = &v->di_tv; 1948 var1.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1949 var2.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1950 while (*p == '[' || (*p == '.' && lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)) 1951 { 1952 if (!(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 1953 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT 1954 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) 1955 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_BLOB 1956 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_blob != NULL)) 1957 { 1958 if (!quiet) 1959 emsg(_("E689: Can only index a List, Dictionary or Blob")); 1960 return NULL; 1961 } 1962 if (lp->ll_range) 1963 { 1964 if (!quiet) 1965 emsg(_("E708: [:] must come last")); 1966 return NULL; 1967 } 1968 1969 len = -1; 1970 if (*p == '.') 1971 { 1972 key = p + 1; 1973 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 1974 ; 1975 if (len == 0) 1976 { 1977 if (!quiet) 1978 emsg(_(e_emptykey)); 1979 return NULL; 1980 } 1981 p = key + len; 1982 } 1983 else 1984 { 1985 /* Get the index [expr] or the first index [expr: ]. */ 1986 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1987 if (*p == ':') 1988 empty1 = TRUE; 1989 else 1990 { 1991 empty1 = FALSE; 1992 if (eval1(&p, &var1, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1993 return NULL; 1994 if (tv_get_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 1995 { 1996 /* not a number or string */ 1997 clear_tv(&var1); 1998 return NULL; 1999 } 2000 } 2001 2002 /* Optionally get the second index [ :expr]. */ 2003 if (*p == ':') 2004 { 2005 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2006 { 2007 if (!quiet) 2008 emsg(_(e_dictrange)); 2009 clear_tv(&var1); 2010 return NULL; 2011 } 2012 if (rettv != NULL 2013 && !(rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 2014 && rettv->vval.v_list != NULL) 2015 && !(rettv->v_type == VAR_BLOB 2016 && rettv->vval.v_blob != NULL)) 2017 { 2018 if (!quiet) 2019 emsg(_("E709: [:] requires a List or Blob value")); 2020 clear_tv(&var1); 2021 return NULL; 2022 } 2023 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 2024 if (*p == ']') 2025 lp->ll_empty2 = TRUE; 2026 else 2027 { 2028 lp->ll_empty2 = FALSE; 2029 if (eval1(&p, &var2, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 2030 { 2031 clear_tv(&var1); 2032 return NULL; 2033 } 2034 if (tv_get_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 2035 { 2036 /* not a number or string */ 2037 clear_tv(&var1); 2038 clear_tv(&var2); 2039 return NULL; 2040 } 2041 } 2042 lp->ll_range = TRUE; 2043 } 2044 else 2045 lp->ll_range = FALSE; 2046 2047 if (*p != ']') 2048 { 2049 if (!quiet) 2050 emsg(_(e_missbrac)); 2051 clear_tv(&var1); 2052 clear_tv(&var2); 2053 return NULL; 2054 } 2055 2056 /* Skip to past ']'. */ 2057 ++p; 2058 } 2059 2060 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2061 { 2062 if (len == -1) 2063 { 2064 /* "[key]": get key from "var1" */ 2065 key = tv_get_string_chk(&var1); /* is number or string */ 2066 if (key == NULL) 2067 { 2068 clear_tv(&var1); 2069 return NULL; 2070 } 2071 } 2072 lp->ll_list = NULL; 2073 lp->ll_dict = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict; 2074 lp->ll_di = dict_find(lp->ll_dict, key, len); 2075 2076 /* When assigning to a scope dictionary check that a function and 2077 * variable name is valid (only variable name unless it is l: or 2078 * g: dictionary). Disallow overwriting a builtin function. */ 2079 if (rettv != NULL && lp->ll_dict->dv_scope != 0) 2080 { 2081 int prevval; 2082 int wrong; 2083 2084 if (len != -1) 2085 { 2086 prevval = key[len]; 2087 key[len] = NUL; 2088 } 2089 else 2090 prevval = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2091 wrong = (lp->ll_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE 2092 && rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 2093 && var_check_func_name(key, lp->ll_di == NULL)) 2094 || !valid_varname(key); 2095 if (len != -1) 2096 key[len] = prevval; 2097 if (wrong) 2098 return NULL; 2099 } 2100 2101 if (lp->ll_di == NULL) 2102 { 2103 // Can't add "v:" or "a:" variable. 2104 if (lp->ll_dict == &vimvardict 2105 || &lp->ll_dict->dv_hashtab == get_funccal_args_ht()) 2106 { 2107 semsg(_(e_illvar), name); 2108 return NULL; 2109 } 2110 2111 // Key does not exist in dict: may need to add it. 2112 if (*p == '[' || *p == '.' || unlet) 2113 { 2114 if (!quiet) 2115 semsg(_(e_dictkey), key); 2116 clear_tv(&var1); 2117 return NULL; 2118 } 2119 if (len == -1) 2120 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strsave(key); 2121 else 2122 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strnsave(key, len); 2123 clear_tv(&var1); 2124 if (lp->ll_newkey == NULL) 2125 p = NULL; 2126 break; 2127 } 2128 /* existing variable, need to check if it can be changed */ 2129 else if ((flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) == 0 2130 && var_check_ro(lp->ll_di->di_flags, name, FALSE)) 2131 { 2132 clear_tv(&var1); 2133 return NULL; 2134 } 2135 2136 clear_tv(&var1); 2137 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_di->di_tv; 2138 } 2139 else if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_BLOB) 2140 { 2141 long bloblen = blob_len(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_blob); 2142 2143 /* 2144 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2145 */ 2146 if (empty1) 2147 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2148 else 2149 // is number or string 2150 lp->ll_n1 = (long)tv_get_number(&var1); 2151 clear_tv(&var1); 2152 2153 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0 2154 || lp->ll_n1 > bloblen 2155 || (lp->ll_range && lp->ll_n1 == bloblen)) 2156 { 2157 if (!quiet) 2158 semsg(_(e_blobidx), lp->ll_n1); 2159 clear_tv(&var2); 2160 return NULL; 2161 } 2162 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2163 { 2164 lp->ll_n2 = (long)tv_get_number(&var2); 2165 clear_tv(&var2); 2166 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0 2167 || lp->ll_n2 >= bloblen 2168 || lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2169 { 2170 if (!quiet) 2171 semsg(_(e_blobidx), lp->ll_n2); 2172 return NULL; 2173 } 2174 } 2175 lp->ll_blob = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_blob; 2176 lp->ll_tv = NULL; 2177 } 2178 else 2179 { 2180 /* 2181 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2182 */ 2183 if (empty1) 2184 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2185 else 2186 /* is number or string */ 2187 lp->ll_n1 = (long)tv_get_number(&var1); 2188 clear_tv(&var1); 2189 2190 lp->ll_dict = NULL; 2191 lp->ll_list = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list; 2192 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2193 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2194 { 2195 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2196 { 2197 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2198 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2199 } 2200 } 2201 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2202 { 2203 clear_tv(&var2); 2204 if (!quiet) 2205 semsg(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n1); 2206 return NULL; 2207 } 2208 2209 /* 2210 * May need to find the item or absolute index for the second 2211 * index of a range. 2212 * When no index given: "lp->ll_empty2" is TRUE. 2213 * Otherwise "lp->ll_n2" is set to the second index. 2214 */ 2215 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2216 { 2217 lp->ll_n2 = (long)tv_get_number(&var2); 2218 /* is number or string */ 2219 clear_tv(&var2); 2220 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0) 2221 { 2222 ni = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n2); 2223 if (ni == NULL) 2224 { 2225 if (!quiet) 2226 semsg(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2227 return NULL; 2228 } 2229 lp->ll_n2 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, ni); 2230 } 2231 2232 /* Check that lp->ll_n2 isn't before lp->ll_n1. */ 2233 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2234 lp->ll_n1 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2235 if (lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2236 { 2237 if (!quiet) 2238 semsg(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2239 return NULL; 2240 } 2241 } 2242 2243 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_li->li_tv; 2244 } 2245 } 2246 2247 clear_tv(&var1); 2248 return p; 2249 } 2250 2251 /* 2252 * Clear lval "lp" that was filled by get_lval(). 2253 */ 2254 void 2255 clear_lval(lval_T *lp) 2256 { 2257 vim_free(lp->ll_exp_name); 2258 vim_free(lp->ll_newkey); 2259 } 2260 2261 /* 2262 * Set a variable that was parsed by get_lval() to "rettv". 2263 * "endp" points to just after the parsed name. 2264 * "op" is NULL, "+" for "+=", "-" for "-=", "*" for "*=", "/" for "/=", 2265 * "%" for "%=", "." for ".=" or "=" for "=". 2266 */ 2267 static void 2268 set_var_lval( 2269 lval_T *lp, 2270 char_u *endp, 2271 typval_T *rettv, 2272 int copy, 2273 char_u *op) 2274 { 2275 int cc; 2276 listitem_T *ri; 2277 dictitem_T *di; 2278 2279 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2280 { 2281 cc = *endp; 2282 *endp = NUL; 2283 if (lp->ll_blob != NULL) 2284 { 2285 int error = FALSE, val; 2286 2287 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2288 { 2289 semsg(_(e_letwrong), op); 2290 return; 2291 } 2292 2293 if (lp->ll_range && rettv->v_type == VAR_BLOB) 2294 { 2295 int il, ir; 2296 2297 if (lp->ll_empty2) 2298 lp->ll_n2 = blob_len(lp->ll_blob) - 1; 2299 2300 if (lp->ll_n2 - lp->ll_n1 + 1 != blob_len(rettv->vval.v_blob)) 2301 { 2302 emsg(_("E972: Blob value does not have the right number of bytes")); 2303 return; 2304 } 2305 if (lp->ll_empty2) 2306 lp->ll_n2 = blob_len(lp->ll_blob); 2307 2308 ir = 0; 2309 for (il = lp->ll_n1; il <= lp->ll_n2; il++) 2310 blob_set(lp->ll_blob, il, 2311 blob_get(rettv->vval.v_blob, ir++)); 2312 } 2313 else 2314 { 2315 val = (int)tv_get_number_chk(rettv, &error); 2316 if (!error) 2317 { 2318 garray_T *gap = &lp->ll_blob->bv_ga; 2319 2320 // Allow for appending a byte. Setting a byte beyond 2321 // the end is an error otherwise. 2322 if (lp->ll_n1 < gap->ga_len 2323 || (lp->ll_n1 == gap->ga_len 2324 && ga_grow(&lp->ll_blob->bv_ga, 1) == OK)) 2325 { 2326 blob_set(lp->ll_blob, lp->ll_n1, val); 2327 if (lp->ll_n1 == gap->ga_len) 2328 ++gap->ga_len; 2329 } 2330 // error for invalid range was already given in get_lval() 2331 } 2332 } 2333 } 2334 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2335 { 2336 typval_T tv; 2337 2338 // handle +=, -=, *=, /=, %= and .= 2339 di = NULL; 2340 if (get_var_tv(lp->ll_name, (int)STRLEN(lp->ll_name), 2341 &tv, &di, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) 2342 { 2343 if ((di == NULL 2344 || (!var_check_ro(di->di_flags, lp->ll_name, FALSE) 2345 && !tv_check_lock(&di->di_tv, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2346 && tv_op(&tv, rettv, op) == OK) 2347 set_var(lp->ll_name, &tv, FALSE); 2348 clear_tv(&tv); 2349 } 2350 } 2351 else 2352 set_var(lp->ll_name, rettv, copy); 2353 *endp = cc; 2354 } 2355 else if (var_check_lock(lp->ll_newkey == NULL 2356 ? lp->ll_tv->v_lock 2357 : lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2358 ; 2359 else if (lp->ll_range) 2360 { 2361 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2362 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2363 2364 /* 2365 * Check whether any of the list items is locked 2366 */ 2367 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL && ll_li != NULL; ) 2368 { 2369 if (var_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2370 return; 2371 ri = ri->li_next; 2372 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == ll_n1)) 2373 break; 2374 ll_li = ll_li->li_next; 2375 ++ll_n1; 2376 } 2377 2378 /* 2379 * Assign the List values to the list items. 2380 */ 2381 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL; ) 2382 { 2383 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2384 tv_op(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, &ri->li_tv, op); 2385 else 2386 { 2387 clear_tv(&lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2388 copy_tv(&ri->li_tv, &lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2389 } 2390 ri = ri->li_next; 2391 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == lp->ll_n1)) 2392 break; 2393 if (lp->ll_li->li_next == NULL) 2394 { 2395 /* Need to add an empty item. */ 2396 if (list_append_number(lp->ll_list, 0) == FAIL) 2397 { 2398 ri = NULL; 2399 break; 2400 } 2401 } 2402 lp->ll_li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2403 ++lp->ll_n1; 2404 } 2405 if (ri != NULL) 2406 emsg(_("E710: List value has more items than target")); 2407 else if (lp->ll_empty2 2408 ? (lp->ll_li != NULL && lp->ll_li->li_next != NULL) 2409 : lp->ll_n1 != lp->ll_n2) 2410 emsg(_("E711: List value has not enough items")); 2411 } 2412 else 2413 { 2414 /* 2415 * Assign to a List or Dictionary item. 2416 */ 2417 if (lp->ll_newkey != NULL) 2418 { 2419 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2420 { 2421 semsg(_(e_letwrong), op); 2422 return; 2423 } 2424 2425 /* Need to add an item to the Dictionary. */ 2426 di = dictitem_alloc(lp->ll_newkey); 2427 if (di == NULL) 2428 return; 2429 if (dict_add(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict, di) == FAIL) 2430 { 2431 vim_free(di); 2432 return; 2433 } 2434 lp->ll_tv = &di->di_tv; 2435 } 2436 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2437 { 2438 tv_op(lp->ll_tv, rettv, op); 2439 return; 2440 } 2441 else 2442 clear_tv(lp->ll_tv); 2443 2444 /* 2445 * Assign the value to the variable or list item. 2446 */ 2447 if (copy) 2448 copy_tv(rettv, lp->ll_tv); 2449 else 2450 { 2451 *lp->ll_tv = *rettv; 2452 lp->ll_tv->v_lock = 0; 2453 init_tv(rettv); 2454 } 2455 } 2456 } 2457 2458 /* 2459 * Handle "tv1 += tv2", "tv1 -= tv2", "tv1 *= tv2", "tv1 /= tv2", "tv1 %= tv2" 2460 * and "tv1 .= tv2" 2461 * Returns OK or FAIL. 2462 */ 2463 static int 2464 tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op) 2465 { 2466 varnumber_T n; 2467 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 2468 char_u *s; 2469 2470 /* Can't do anything with a Funcref, Dict, v:true on the right. */ 2471 if (tv2->v_type != VAR_FUNC && tv2->v_type != VAR_DICT 2472 && tv2->v_type != VAR_SPECIAL) 2473 { 2474 switch (tv1->v_type) 2475 { 2476 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2477 case VAR_DICT: 2478 case VAR_FUNC: 2479 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2480 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2481 case VAR_JOB: 2482 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2483 break; 2484 2485 case VAR_BLOB: 2486 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_BLOB) 2487 break; 2488 // BLOB += BLOB 2489 if (tv1->vval.v_blob != NULL && tv2->vval.v_blob != NULL) 2490 { 2491 blob_T *b1 = tv1->vval.v_blob; 2492 blob_T *b2 = tv2->vval.v_blob; 2493 int i, len = blob_len(b2); 2494 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) 2495 ga_append(&b1->bv_ga, blob_get(b2, i)); 2496 } 2497 return OK; 2498 2499 case VAR_LIST: 2500 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_LIST) 2501 break; 2502 // List += List 2503 if (tv1->vval.v_list != NULL && tv2->vval.v_list != NULL) 2504 list_extend(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, NULL); 2505 return OK; 2506 2507 case VAR_NUMBER: 2508 case VAR_STRING: 2509 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 2510 break; 2511 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-*/%", *op) != NULL) 2512 { 2513 // nr += nr , nr -= nr , nr *=nr , nr /= nr , nr %= nr 2514 n = tv_get_number(tv1); 2515 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2516 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2517 { 2518 float_T f = n; 2519 2520 if (*op == '%') 2521 break; 2522 switch (*op) 2523 { 2524 case '+': f += tv2->vval.v_float; break; 2525 case '-': f -= tv2->vval.v_float; break; 2526 case '*': f *= tv2->vval.v_float; break; 2527 case '/': f /= tv2->vval.v_float; break; 2528 } 2529 clear_tv(tv1); 2530 tv1->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 2531 tv1->vval.v_float = f; 2532 } 2533 else 2534 #endif 2535 { 2536 switch (*op) 2537 { 2538 case '+': n += tv_get_number(tv2); break; 2539 case '-': n -= tv_get_number(tv2); break; 2540 case '*': n *= tv_get_number(tv2); break; 2541 case '/': n /= tv_get_number(tv2); break; 2542 case '%': n %= tv_get_number(tv2); break; 2543 } 2544 clear_tv(tv1); 2545 tv1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2546 tv1->vval.v_number = n; 2547 } 2548 } 2549 else 2550 { 2551 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2552 break; 2553 2554 // str .= str 2555 s = tv_get_string(tv1); 2556 s = concat_str(s, tv_get_string_buf(tv2, numbuf)); 2557 clear_tv(tv1); 2558 tv1->v_type = VAR_STRING; 2559 tv1->vval.v_string = s; 2560 } 2561 return OK; 2562 2563 case VAR_FLOAT: 2564 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2565 { 2566 float_T f; 2567 2568 if (*op == '%' || *op == '.' 2569 || (tv2->v_type != VAR_FLOAT 2570 && tv2->v_type != VAR_NUMBER 2571 && tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING)) 2572 break; 2573 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2574 f = tv2->vval.v_float; 2575 else 2576 f = tv_get_number(tv2); 2577 switch (*op) 2578 { 2579 case '+': tv1->vval.v_float += f; break; 2580 case '-': tv1->vval.v_float -= f; break; 2581 case '*': tv1->vval.v_float *= f; break; 2582 case '/': tv1->vval.v_float /= f; break; 2583 } 2584 } 2585 #endif 2586 return OK; 2587 } 2588 } 2589 2590 semsg(_(e_letwrong), op); 2591 return FAIL; 2592 } 2593 2594 /* 2595 * Evaluate the expression used in a ":for var in expr" command. 2596 * "arg" points to "var". 2597 * Set "*errp" to TRUE for an error, FALSE otherwise; 2598 * Return a pointer that holds the info. Null when there is an error. 2599 */ 2600 void * 2601 eval_for_line( 2602 char_u *arg, 2603 int *errp, 2604 char_u **nextcmdp, 2605 int skip) 2606 { 2607 forinfo_T *fi; 2608 char_u *expr; 2609 typval_T tv; 2610 list_T *l; 2611 2612 *errp = TRUE; /* default: there is an error */ 2613 2614 fi = (forinfo_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(forinfo_T)); 2615 if (fi == NULL) 2616 return NULL; 2617 2618 expr = skip_var_list(arg, &fi->fi_varcount, &fi->fi_semicolon); 2619 if (expr == NULL) 2620 return fi; 2621 2622 expr = skipwhite(expr); 2623 if (expr[0] != 'i' || expr[1] != 'n' || !VIM_ISWHITE(expr[2])) 2624 { 2625 emsg(_("E690: Missing \"in\" after :for")); 2626 return fi; 2627 } 2628 2629 if (skip) 2630 ++emsg_skip; 2631 if (eval0(skipwhite(expr + 2), &tv, nextcmdp, !skip) == OK) 2632 { 2633 *errp = FALSE; 2634 if (!skip) 2635 { 2636 if (tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 2637 { 2638 l = tv.vval.v_list; 2639 if (l == NULL) 2640 { 2641 // a null list is like an empty list: do nothing 2642 clear_tv(&tv); 2643 } 2644 else 2645 { 2646 // No need to increment the refcount, it's already set for 2647 // the list being used in "tv". 2648 fi->fi_list = l; 2649 list_add_watch(l, &fi->fi_lw); 2650 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = l->lv_first; 2651 } 2652 } 2653 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_BLOB) 2654 { 2655 fi->fi_bi = 0; 2656 if (tv.vval.v_blob != NULL) 2657 { 2658 typval_T btv; 2659 2660 // Make a copy, so that the iteration still works when the 2661 // blob is changed. 2662 blob_copy(&tv, &btv); 2663 fi->fi_blob = btv.vval.v_blob; 2664 } 2665 clear_tv(&tv); 2666 } 2667 else 2668 { 2669 emsg(_(e_listreq)); 2670 clear_tv(&tv); 2671 } 2672 } 2673 } 2674 if (skip) 2675 --emsg_skip; 2676 2677 return fi; 2678 } 2679 2680 /* 2681 * Use the first item in a ":for" list. Advance to the next. 2682 * Assign the values to the variable (list). "arg" points to the first one. 2683 * Return TRUE when a valid item was found, FALSE when at end of list or 2684 * something wrong. 2685 */ 2686 int 2687 next_for_item(void *fi_void, char_u *arg) 2688 { 2689 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2690 int result; 2691 listitem_T *item; 2692 2693 if (fi->fi_blob != NULL) 2694 { 2695 typval_T tv; 2696 2697 if (fi->fi_bi >= blob_len(fi->fi_blob)) 2698 return FALSE; 2699 tv.v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2700 tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 2701 tv.vval.v_number = blob_get(fi->fi_blob, fi->fi_bi); 2702 ++fi->fi_bi; 2703 return ex_let_vars(arg, &tv, TRUE, 2704 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK; 2705 } 2706 2707 item = fi->fi_lw.lw_item; 2708 if (item == NULL) 2709 result = FALSE; 2710 else 2711 { 2712 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = item->li_next; 2713 result = (ex_let_vars(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, 2714 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK); 2715 } 2716 return result; 2717 } 2718 2719 /* 2720 * Free the structure used to store info used by ":for". 2721 */ 2722 void 2723 free_for_info(void *fi_void) 2724 { 2725 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2726 2727 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_list != NULL) 2728 { 2729 list_rem_watch(fi->fi_list, &fi->fi_lw); 2730 list_unref(fi->fi_list); 2731 } 2732 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_blob != NULL) 2733 blob_unref(fi->fi_blob); 2734 vim_free(fi); 2735 } 2736 2737 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 2738 2739 void 2740 set_context_for_expression( 2741 expand_T *xp, 2742 char_u *arg, 2743 cmdidx_T cmdidx) 2744 { 2745 int got_eq = FALSE; 2746 int c; 2747 char_u *p; 2748 2749 if (cmdidx == CMD_let) 2750 { 2751 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_USER_VARS; 2752 if (vim_strpbrk(arg, (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#") == NULL) 2753 { 2754 /* ":let var1 var2 ...": find last space. */ 2755 for (p = arg + STRLEN(arg); p >= arg; ) 2756 { 2757 xp->xp_pattern = p; 2758 MB_PTR_BACK(arg, p); 2759 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 2760 break; 2761 } 2762 return; 2763 } 2764 } 2765 else 2766 xp->xp_context = cmdidx == CMD_call ? EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2767 : EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2768 while ((xp->xp_pattern = vim_strpbrk(arg, 2769 (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#")) != NULL) 2770 { 2771 c = *xp->xp_pattern; 2772 if (c == '&') 2773 { 2774 c = xp->xp_pattern[1]; 2775 if (c == '&') 2776 { 2777 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2778 xp->xp_context = cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq 2779 ? EXPAND_EXPRESSION : EXPAND_NOTHING; 2780 } 2781 else if (c != ' ') 2782 { 2783 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SETTINGS; 2784 if ((c == 'l' || c == 'g') && xp->xp_pattern[2] == ':') 2785 xp->xp_pattern += 2; 2786 2787 } 2788 } 2789 else if (c == '$') 2790 { 2791 /* environment variable */ 2792 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_ENV_VARS; 2793 } 2794 else if (c == '=') 2795 { 2796 got_eq = TRUE; 2797 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2798 } 2799 else if (c == '#' 2800 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_EXPRESSION) 2801 { 2802 /* Autoload function/variable contains '#'. */ 2803 break; 2804 } 2805 else if ((c == '<' || c == '#') 2806 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2807 && vim_strchr(xp->xp_pattern, '(') == NULL) 2808 { 2809 /* Function name can start with "<SNR>" and contain '#'. */ 2810 break; 2811 } 2812 else if (cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq) 2813 { 2814 if (c == '"') /* string */ 2815 { 2816 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '"') 2817 if (c == '\\' && xp->xp_pattern[1] != NUL) 2818 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2819 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2820 } 2821 else if (c == '\'') /* literal string */ 2822 { 2823 /* Trick: '' is like stopping and starting a literal string. */ 2824 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '\'') 2825 /* skip */ ; 2826 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2827 } 2828 else if (c == '|') 2829 { 2830 if (xp->xp_pattern[1] == '|') 2831 { 2832 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2833 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2834 } 2835 else 2836 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_COMMANDS; 2837 } 2838 else 2839 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2840 } 2841 else 2842 /* Doesn't look like something valid, expand as an expression 2843 * anyway. */ 2844 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2845 arg = xp->xp_pattern; 2846 if (*arg != NUL) 2847 while ((c = *++arg) != NUL && (c == ' ' || c == '\t')) 2848 /* skip */ ; 2849 } 2850 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 2851 } 2852 2853 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 2854 2855 /* 2856 * ":unlet[!] var1 ... " command. 2857 */ 2858 void 2859 ex_unlet(exarg_T *eap) 2860 { 2861 ex_unletlock(eap, eap->arg, 0); 2862 } 2863 2864 /* 2865 * ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" commands 2866 */ 2867 void 2868 ex_lockvar(exarg_T *eap) 2869 { 2870 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 2871 int deep = 2; 2872 2873 if (eap->forceit) 2874 deep = -1; 2875 else if (vim_isdigit(*arg)) 2876 { 2877 deep = getdigits(&arg); 2878 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2879 } 2880 2881 ex_unletlock(eap, arg, deep); 2882 } 2883 2884 /* 2885 * ":unlet", ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" are quite similar. 2886 */ 2887 static void 2888 ex_unletlock( 2889 exarg_T *eap, 2890 char_u *argstart, 2891 int deep) 2892 { 2893 char_u *arg = argstart; 2894 char_u *name_end; 2895 int error = FALSE; 2896 lval_T lv; 2897 2898 do 2899 { 2900 if (*arg == '$') 2901 { 2902 char_u *name = ++arg; 2903 2904 if (get_env_len(&arg) == 0) 2905 { 2906 semsg(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 2907 return; 2908 } 2909 vim_unsetenv(name); 2910 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2911 continue; 2912 } 2913 2914 /* Parse the name and find the end. */ 2915 name_end = get_lval(arg, NULL, &lv, TRUE, eap->skip || error, 0, 2916 FNE_CHECK_START); 2917 if (lv.ll_name == NULL) 2918 error = TRUE; /* error but continue parsing */ 2919 if (name_end == NULL || (!VIM_ISWHITE(*name_end) 2920 && !ends_excmd(*name_end))) 2921 { 2922 if (name_end != NULL) 2923 { 2924 emsg_severe = TRUE; 2925 emsg(_(e_trailing)); 2926 } 2927 if (!(eap->skip || error)) 2928 clear_lval(&lv); 2929 break; 2930 } 2931 2932 if (!error && !eap->skip) 2933 { 2934 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_unlet) 2935 { 2936 if (do_unlet_var(&lv, name_end, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 2937 error = TRUE; 2938 } 2939 else 2940 { 2941 if (do_lock_var(&lv, name_end, deep, 2942 eap->cmdidx == CMD_lockvar) == FAIL) 2943 error = TRUE; 2944 } 2945 } 2946 2947 if (!eap->skip) 2948 clear_lval(&lv); 2949 2950 arg = skipwhite(name_end); 2951 } while (!ends_excmd(*arg)); 2952 2953 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 2954 } 2955 2956 static int 2957 do_unlet_var( 2958 lval_T *lp, 2959 char_u *name_end, 2960 int forceit) 2961 { 2962 int ret = OK; 2963 int cc; 2964 2965 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2966 { 2967 cc = *name_end; 2968 *name_end = NUL; 2969 2970 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2971 if (do_unlet(lp->ll_name, forceit) == FAIL) 2972 ret = FAIL; 2973 *name_end = cc; 2974 } 2975 else if ((lp->ll_list != NULL 2976 && var_check_lock(lp->ll_list->lv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2977 || (lp->ll_dict != NULL 2978 && var_check_lock(lp->ll_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2979 return FAIL; 2980 else if (lp->ll_range) 2981 { 2982 listitem_T *li; 2983 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2984 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2985 2986 while (ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= ll_n1)) 2987 { 2988 li = ll_li->li_next; 2989 if (var_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2990 return FAIL; 2991 ll_li = li; 2992 ++ll_n1; 2993 } 2994 2995 /* Delete a range of List items. */ 2996 while (lp->ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2997 { 2998 li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2999 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 3000 lp->ll_li = li; 3001 ++lp->ll_n1; 3002 } 3003 } 3004 else 3005 { 3006 if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 3007 /* unlet a List item. */ 3008 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 3009 else 3010 /* unlet a Dictionary item. */ 3011 dictitem_remove(lp->ll_dict, lp->ll_di); 3012 } 3013 3014 return ret; 3015 } 3016 3017 /* 3018 * "unlet" a variable. Return OK if it existed, FAIL if not. 3019 * When "forceit" is TRUE don't complain if the variable doesn't exist. 3020 */ 3021 int 3022 do_unlet(char_u *name, int forceit) 3023 { 3024 hashtab_T *ht; 3025 hashitem_T *hi; 3026 char_u *varname; 3027 dict_T *d; 3028 dictitem_T *di; 3029 3030 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 3031 if (ht != NULL && *varname != NUL) 3032 { 3033 d = get_current_funccal_dict(ht); 3034 if (d == NULL) 3035 { 3036 if (ht == &globvarht) 3037 d = &globvardict; 3038 else if (ht == &compat_hashtab) 3039 d = &vimvardict; 3040 else 3041 { 3042 di = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, (char_u *)"", FALSE); 3043 d = di == NULL ? NULL : di->di_tv.vval.v_dict; 3044 } 3045 if (d == NULL) 3046 { 3047 internal_error("do_unlet()"); 3048 return FAIL; 3049 } 3050 } 3051 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 3052 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3053 hi = find_hi_in_scoped_ht(name, &ht); 3054 if (hi != NULL && !HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3055 { 3056 di = HI2DI(hi); 3057 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 3058 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 3059 || var_check_lock(d->dv_lock, name, FALSE)) 3060 return FAIL; 3061 3062 delete_var(ht, hi); 3063 return OK; 3064 } 3065 } 3066 if (forceit) 3067 return OK; 3068 semsg(_("E108: No such variable: \"%s\""), name); 3069 return FAIL; 3070 } 3071 3072 /* 3073 * Lock or unlock variable indicated by "lp". 3074 * "deep" is the levels to go (-1 for unlimited); 3075 * "lock" is TRUE for ":lockvar", FALSE for ":unlockvar". 3076 */ 3077 static int 3078 do_lock_var( 3079 lval_T *lp, 3080 char_u *name_end, 3081 int deep, 3082 int lock) 3083 { 3084 int ret = OK; 3085 int cc; 3086 dictitem_T *di; 3087 3088 if (deep == 0) /* nothing to do */ 3089 return OK; 3090 3091 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 3092 { 3093 cc = *name_end; 3094 *name_end = NUL; 3095 3096 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 3097 di = find_var(lp->ll_name, NULL, TRUE); 3098 if (di == NULL) 3099 ret = FAIL; 3100 else if ((di->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 3101 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_DICT 3102 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 3103 /* For historic reasons this error is not given for a list or dict. 3104 * E.g., the b: dict could be locked/unlocked. */ 3105 semsg(_("E940: Cannot lock or unlock variable %s"), lp->ll_name); 3106 else 3107 { 3108 if (lock) 3109 di->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 3110 else 3111 di->di_flags &= ~DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 3112 item_lock(&di->di_tv, deep, lock); 3113 } 3114 *name_end = cc; 3115 } 3116 else if (lp->ll_range) 3117 { 3118 listitem_T *li = lp->ll_li; 3119 3120 /* (un)lock a range of List items. */ 3121 while (li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 3122 { 3123 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep, lock); 3124 li = li->li_next; 3125 ++lp->ll_n1; 3126 } 3127 } 3128 else if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 3129 /* (un)lock a List item. */ 3130 item_lock(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, deep, lock); 3131 else 3132 /* (un)lock a Dictionary item. */ 3133 item_lock(&lp->ll_di->di_tv, deep, lock); 3134 3135 return ret; 3136 } 3137 3138 /* 3139 * Lock or unlock an item. "deep" is nr of levels to go. 3140 */ 3141 static void 3142 item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock) 3143 { 3144 static int recurse = 0; 3145 list_T *l; 3146 listitem_T *li; 3147 dict_T *d; 3148 blob_T *b; 3149 hashitem_T *hi; 3150 int todo; 3151 3152 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 3153 { 3154 emsg(_("E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock")); 3155 return; 3156 } 3157 if (deep == 0) 3158 return; 3159 ++recurse; 3160 3161 /* lock/unlock the item itself */ 3162 if (lock) 3163 tv->v_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3164 else 3165 tv->v_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3166 3167 switch (tv->v_type) 3168 { 3169 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 3170 case VAR_NUMBER: 3171 case VAR_STRING: 3172 case VAR_FUNC: 3173 case VAR_PARTIAL: 3174 case VAR_FLOAT: 3175 case VAR_SPECIAL: 3176 case VAR_JOB: 3177 case VAR_CHANNEL: 3178 break; 3179 3180 case VAR_BLOB: 3181 if ((b = tv->vval.v_blob) != NULL) 3182 { 3183 if (lock) 3184 b->bv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3185 else 3186 b->bv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3187 } 3188 break; 3189 case VAR_LIST: 3190 if ((l = tv->vval.v_list) != NULL) 3191 { 3192 if (lock) 3193 l->lv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3194 else 3195 l->lv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3196 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3197 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3198 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 3199 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3200 } 3201 break; 3202 case VAR_DICT: 3203 if ((d = tv->vval.v_dict) != NULL) 3204 { 3205 if (lock) 3206 d->dv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3207 else 3208 d->dv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3209 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3210 { 3211 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3212 todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 3213 for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 3214 { 3215 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3216 { 3217 --todo; 3218 item_lock(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3219 } 3220 } 3221 } 3222 } 3223 } 3224 --recurse; 3225 } 3226 3227 #if (defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG)) || defined(PROTO) 3228 /* 3229 * Delete all "menutrans_" variables. 3230 */ 3231 void 3232 del_menutrans_vars(void) 3233 { 3234 hashitem_T *hi; 3235 int todo; 3236 3237 hash_lock(&globvarht); 3238 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 3239 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3240 { 3241 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3242 { 3243 --todo; 3244 if (STRNCMP(HI2DI(hi)->di_key, "menutrans_", 10) == 0) 3245 delete_var(&globvarht, hi); 3246 } 3247 } 3248 hash_unlock(&globvarht); 3249 } 3250 #endif 3251 3252 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 3253 3254 /* 3255 * Local string buffer for the next two functions to store a variable name 3256 * with its prefix. Allocated in cat_prefix_varname(), freed later in 3257 * get_user_var_name(). 3258 */ 3259 3260 static char_u *varnamebuf = NULL; 3261 static int varnamebuflen = 0; 3262 3263 /* 3264 * Function to concatenate a prefix and a variable name. 3265 */ 3266 static char_u * 3267 cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name) 3268 { 3269 int len; 3270 3271 len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 3; 3272 if (len > varnamebuflen) 3273 { 3274 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3275 len += 10; /* some additional space */ 3276 varnamebuf = alloc(len); 3277 if (varnamebuf == NULL) 3278 { 3279 varnamebuflen = 0; 3280 return NULL; 3281 } 3282 varnamebuflen = len; 3283 } 3284 *varnamebuf = prefix; 3285 varnamebuf[1] = ':'; 3286 STRCPY(varnamebuf + 2, name); 3287 return varnamebuf; 3288 } 3289 3290 /* 3291 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of user defined 3292 * (global/buffer/window/built-in) variable names. 3293 */ 3294 char_u * 3295 get_user_var_name(expand_T *xp, int idx) 3296 { 3297 static long_u gdone; 3298 static long_u bdone; 3299 static long_u wdone; 3300 static long_u tdone; 3301 static int vidx; 3302 static hashitem_T *hi; 3303 hashtab_T *ht; 3304 3305 if (idx == 0) 3306 { 3307 gdone = bdone = wdone = vidx = 0; 3308 tdone = 0; 3309 } 3310 3311 /* Global variables */ 3312 if (gdone < globvarht.ht_used) 3313 { 3314 if (gdone++ == 0) 3315 hi = globvarht.ht_array; 3316 else 3317 ++hi; 3318 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3319 ++hi; 3320 if (STRNCMP("g:", xp->xp_pattern, 2) == 0) 3321 return cat_prefix_varname('g', hi->hi_key); 3322 return hi->hi_key; 3323 } 3324 3325 /* b: variables */ 3326 ht = &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 3327 if (bdone < ht->ht_used) 3328 { 3329 if (bdone++ == 0) 3330 hi = ht->ht_array; 3331 else 3332 ++hi; 3333 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3334 ++hi; 3335 return cat_prefix_varname('b', hi->hi_key); 3336 } 3337 3338 /* w: variables */ 3339 ht = &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 3340 if (wdone < ht->ht_used) 3341 { 3342 if (wdone++ == 0) 3343 hi = ht->ht_array; 3344 else 3345 ++hi; 3346 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3347 ++hi; 3348 return cat_prefix_varname('w', hi->hi_key); 3349 } 3350 3351 /* t: variables */ 3352 ht = &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 3353 if (tdone < ht->ht_used) 3354 { 3355 if (tdone++ == 0) 3356 hi = ht->ht_array; 3357 else 3358 ++hi; 3359 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3360 ++hi; 3361 return cat_prefix_varname('t', hi->hi_key); 3362 } 3363 3364 /* v: variables */ 3365 if (vidx < VV_LEN) 3366 return cat_prefix_varname('v', (char_u *)vimvars[vidx++].vv_name); 3367 3368 VIM_CLEAR(varnamebuf); 3369 varnamebuflen = 0; 3370 return NULL; 3371 } 3372 3373 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 3374 3375 /* 3376 * Return TRUE if "pat" matches "text". 3377 * Does not use 'cpo' and always uses 'magic'. 3378 */ 3379 static int 3380 pattern_match(char_u *pat, char_u *text, int ic) 3381 { 3382 int matches = FALSE; 3383 char_u *save_cpo; 3384 regmatch_T regmatch; 3385 3386 /* avoid 'l' flag in 'cpoptions' */ 3387 save_cpo = p_cpo; 3388 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 3389 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 3390 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 3391 { 3392 regmatch.rm_ic = ic; 3393 matches = vim_regexec_nl(®match, text, (colnr_T)0); 3394 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3395 } 3396 p_cpo = save_cpo; 3397 return matches; 3398 } 3399 3400 /* 3401 * The "evaluate" argument: When FALSE, the argument is only parsed but not 3402 * executed. The function may return OK, but the rettv will be of type 3403 * VAR_UNKNOWN. The function still returns FAIL for a syntax error. 3404 */ 3405 3406 /* 3407 * Handle zero level expression. 3408 * This calls eval1() and handles error message and nextcmd. 3409 * Put the result in "rettv" when returning OK and "evaluate" is TRUE. 3410 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3411 * Return OK or FAIL. 3412 */ 3413 int 3414 eval0( 3415 char_u *arg, 3416 typval_T *rettv, 3417 char_u **nextcmd, 3418 int evaluate) 3419 { 3420 int ret; 3421 char_u *p; 3422 int did_emsg_before = did_emsg; 3423 int called_emsg_before = called_emsg; 3424 3425 p = skipwhite(arg); 3426 ret = eval1(&p, rettv, evaluate); 3427 if (ret == FAIL || !ends_excmd(*p)) 3428 { 3429 if (ret != FAIL) 3430 clear_tv(rettv); 3431 /* 3432 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 3433 * been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 3434 * exception, or we already gave a more specific error. 3435 * Also check called_emsg for when using assert_fails(). 3436 */ 3437 if (!aborting() && did_emsg == did_emsg_before 3438 && called_emsg == called_emsg_before) 3439 semsg(_(e_invexpr2), arg); 3440 ret = FAIL; 3441 } 3442 if (nextcmd != NULL) 3443 *nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 3444 3445 return ret; 3446 } 3447 3448 /* 3449 * Handle top level expression: 3450 * expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 3451 * 3452 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3453 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3454 * 3455 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3456 * 3457 * Return OK or FAIL. 3458 */ 3459 int 3460 eval1(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3461 { 3462 int result; 3463 typval_T var2; 3464 3465 /* 3466 * Get the first variable. 3467 */ 3468 if (eval2(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3469 return FAIL; 3470 3471 if ((*arg)[0] == '?') 3472 { 3473 result = FALSE; 3474 if (evaluate) 3475 { 3476 int error = FALSE; 3477 3478 if (tv_get_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3479 result = TRUE; 3480 clear_tv(rettv); 3481 if (error) 3482 return FAIL; 3483 } 3484 3485 /* 3486 * Get the second variable. 3487 */ 3488 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3489 if (eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate && result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3490 return FAIL; 3491 3492 /* 3493 * Check for the ":". 3494 */ 3495 if ((*arg)[0] != ':') 3496 { 3497 emsg(_("E109: Missing ':' after '?'")); 3498 if (evaluate && result) 3499 clear_tv(rettv); 3500 return FAIL; 3501 } 3502 3503 /* 3504 * Get the third variable. 3505 */ 3506 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3507 if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3508 { 3509 if (evaluate && result) 3510 clear_tv(rettv); 3511 return FAIL; 3512 } 3513 if (evaluate && !result) 3514 *rettv = var2; 3515 } 3516 3517 return OK; 3518 } 3519 3520 /* 3521 * Handle first level expression: 3522 * expr2 || expr2 || expr2 logical OR 3523 * 3524 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3525 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3526 * 3527 * Return OK or FAIL. 3528 */ 3529 static int 3530 eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3531 { 3532 typval_T var2; 3533 long result; 3534 int first; 3535 int error = FALSE; 3536 3537 /* 3538 * Get the first variable. 3539 */ 3540 if (eval3(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3541 return FAIL; 3542 3543 /* 3544 * Repeat until there is no following "||". 3545 */ 3546 first = TRUE; 3547 result = FALSE; 3548 while ((*arg)[0] == '|' && (*arg)[1] == '|') 3549 { 3550 if (evaluate && first) 3551 { 3552 if (tv_get_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3553 result = TRUE; 3554 clear_tv(rettv); 3555 if (error) 3556 return FAIL; 3557 first = FALSE; 3558 } 3559 3560 /* 3561 * Get the second variable. 3562 */ 3563 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3564 if (eval3(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) 3565 return FAIL; 3566 3567 /* 3568 * Compute the result. 3569 */ 3570 if (evaluate && !result) 3571 { 3572 if (tv_get_number_chk(&var2, &error) != 0) 3573 result = TRUE; 3574 clear_tv(&var2); 3575 if (error) 3576 return FAIL; 3577 } 3578 if (evaluate) 3579 { 3580 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3581 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3582 } 3583 } 3584 3585 return OK; 3586 } 3587 3588 /* 3589 * Handle second level expression: 3590 * expr3 && expr3 && expr3 logical AND 3591 * 3592 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3593 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3594 * 3595 * Return OK or FAIL. 3596 */ 3597 static int 3598 eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3599 { 3600 typval_T var2; 3601 long result; 3602 int first; 3603 int error = FALSE; 3604 3605 /* 3606 * Get the first variable. 3607 */ 3608 if (eval4(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3609 return FAIL; 3610 3611 /* 3612 * Repeat until there is no following "&&". 3613 */ 3614 first = TRUE; 3615 result = TRUE; 3616 while ((*arg)[0] == '&' && (*arg)[1] == '&') 3617 { 3618 if (evaluate && first) 3619 { 3620 if (tv_get_number_chk(rettv, &error) == 0) 3621 result = FALSE; 3622 clear_tv(rettv); 3623 if (error) 3624 return FAIL; 3625 first = FALSE; 3626 } 3627 3628 /* 3629 * Get the second variable. 3630 */ 3631 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3632 if (eval4(arg, &var2, evaluate && result) == FAIL) 3633 return FAIL; 3634 3635 /* 3636 * Compute the result. 3637 */ 3638 if (evaluate && result) 3639 { 3640 if (tv_get_number_chk(&var2, &error) == 0) 3641 result = FALSE; 3642 clear_tv(&var2); 3643 if (error) 3644 return FAIL; 3645 } 3646 if (evaluate) 3647 { 3648 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3649 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3650 } 3651 } 3652 3653 return OK; 3654 } 3655 3656 /* 3657 * Handle third level expression: 3658 * var1 == var2 3659 * var1 =~ var2 3660 * var1 != var2 3661 * var1 !~ var2 3662 * var1 > var2 3663 * var1 >= var2 3664 * var1 < var2 3665 * var1 <= var2 3666 * var1 is var2 3667 * var1 isnot var2 3668 * 3669 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3670 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3671 * 3672 * Return OK or FAIL. 3673 */ 3674 static int 3675 eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3676 { 3677 typval_T var2; 3678 char_u *p; 3679 int i; 3680 exptype_T type = TYPE_UNKNOWN; 3681 int type_is = FALSE; /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 3682 int len = 2; 3683 int ic; 3684 3685 /* 3686 * Get the first variable. 3687 */ 3688 if (eval5(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3689 return FAIL; 3690 3691 p = *arg; 3692 switch (p[0]) 3693 { 3694 case '=': if (p[1] == '=') 3695 type = TYPE_EQUAL; 3696 else if (p[1] == '~') 3697 type = TYPE_MATCH; 3698 break; 3699 case '!': if (p[1] == '=') 3700 type = TYPE_NEQUAL; 3701 else if (p[1] == '~') 3702 type = TYPE_NOMATCH; 3703 break; 3704 case '>': if (p[1] != '=') 3705 { 3706 type = TYPE_GREATER; 3707 len = 1; 3708 } 3709 else 3710 type = TYPE_GEQUAL; 3711 break; 3712 case '<': if (p[1] != '=') 3713 { 3714 type = TYPE_SMALLER; 3715 len = 1; 3716 } 3717 else 3718 type = TYPE_SEQUAL; 3719 break; 3720 case 'i': if (p[1] == 's') 3721 { 3722 if (p[2] == 'n' && p[3] == 'o' && p[4] == 't') 3723 len = 5; 3724 i = p[len]; 3725 if (!isalnum(i) && i != '_') 3726 { 3727 type = len == 2 ? TYPE_EQUAL : TYPE_NEQUAL; 3728 type_is = TRUE; 3729 } 3730 } 3731 break; 3732 } 3733 3734 /* 3735 * If there is a comparative operator, use it. 3736 */ 3737 if (type != TYPE_UNKNOWN) 3738 { 3739 /* extra question mark appended: ignore case */ 3740 if (p[len] == '?') 3741 { 3742 ic = TRUE; 3743 ++len; 3744 } 3745 /* extra '#' appended: match case */ 3746 else if (p[len] == '#') 3747 { 3748 ic = FALSE; 3749 ++len; 3750 } 3751 /* nothing appended: use 'ignorecase' */ 3752 else 3753 ic = p_ic; 3754 3755 /* 3756 * Get the second variable. 3757 */ 3758 *arg = skipwhite(p + len); 3759 if (eval5(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) 3760 { 3761 clear_tv(rettv); 3762 return FAIL; 3763 } 3764 if (evaluate) 3765 { 3766 int ret = typval_compare(rettv, &var2, type, type_is, ic); 3767 3768 clear_tv(&var2); 3769 return ret; 3770 } 3771 } 3772 3773 return OK; 3774 } 3775 3776 /* 3777 * Handle fourth level expression: 3778 * + number addition 3779 * - number subtraction 3780 * . string concatenation 3781 * 3782 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3783 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3784 * 3785 * Return OK or FAIL. 3786 */ 3787 static int 3788 eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3789 { 3790 typval_T var2; 3791 typval_T var3; 3792 int op; 3793 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3794 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3795 float_T f1 = 0, f2 = 0; 3796 #endif 3797 char_u *s1, *s2; 3798 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3799 char_u *p; 3800 3801 /* 3802 * Get the first variable. 3803 */ 3804 if (eval6(arg, rettv, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3805 return FAIL; 3806 3807 /* 3808 * Repeat computing, until no '+', '-' or '.' is following. 3809 */ 3810 for (;;) 3811 { 3812 op = **arg; 3813 if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '.') 3814 break; 3815 3816 if ((op != '+' || (rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST 3817 && rettv->v_type != VAR_BLOB)) 3818 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3819 && (op == '.' || rettv->v_type != VAR_FLOAT) 3820 #endif 3821 ) 3822 { 3823 /* For "list + ...", an illegal use of the first operand as 3824 * a number cannot be determined before evaluating the 2nd 3825 * operand: if this is also a list, all is ok. 3826 * For "something . ...", "something - ..." or "non-list + ...", 3827 * we know that the first operand needs to be a string or number 3828 * without evaluating the 2nd operand. So check before to avoid 3829 * side effects after an error. */ 3830 if (evaluate && tv_get_string_chk(rettv) == NULL) 3831 { 3832 clear_tv(rettv); 3833 return FAIL; 3834 } 3835 } 3836 3837 /* 3838 * Get the second variable. 3839 */ 3840 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3841 if (eval6(arg, &var2, evaluate, op == '.') == FAIL) 3842 { 3843 clear_tv(rettv); 3844 return FAIL; 3845 } 3846 3847 if (evaluate) 3848 { 3849 /* 3850 * Compute the result. 3851 */ 3852 if (op == '.') 3853 { 3854 s1 = tv_get_string_buf(rettv, buf1); /* already checked */ 3855 s2 = tv_get_string_buf_chk(&var2, buf2); 3856 if (s2 == NULL) /* type error ? */ 3857 { 3858 clear_tv(rettv); 3859 clear_tv(&var2); 3860 return FAIL; 3861 } 3862 p = concat_str(s1, s2); 3863 clear_tv(rettv); 3864 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 3865 rettv->vval.v_string = p; 3866 } 3867 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_BLOB 3868 && var2.v_type == VAR_BLOB) 3869 { 3870 blob_T *b1 = rettv->vval.v_blob; 3871 blob_T *b2 = var2.vval.v_blob; 3872 blob_T *b = blob_alloc(); 3873 int i; 3874 3875 if (b != NULL) 3876 { 3877 for (i = 0; i < blob_len(b1); i++) 3878 ga_append(&b->bv_ga, blob_get(b1, i)); 3879 for (i = 0; i < blob_len(b2); i++) 3880 ga_append(&b->bv_ga, blob_get(b2, i)); 3881 3882 clear_tv(rettv); 3883 rettv_blob_set(rettv, b); 3884 } 3885 } 3886 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 3887 && var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3888 { 3889 /* concatenate Lists */ 3890 if (list_concat(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3891 &var3) == FAIL) 3892 { 3893 clear_tv(rettv); 3894 clear_tv(&var2); 3895 return FAIL; 3896 } 3897 clear_tv(rettv); 3898 *rettv = var3; 3899 } 3900 else 3901 { 3902 int error = FALSE; 3903 3904 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3905 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3906 { 3907 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3908 n1 = 0; 3909 } 3910 else 3911 #endif 3912 { 3913 n1 = tv_get_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3914 if (error) 3915 { 3916 /* This can only happen for "list + non-list". For 3917 * "non-list + ..." or "something - ...", we returned 3918 * before evaluating the 2nd operand. */ 3919 clear_tv(rettv); 3920 return FAIL; 3921 } 3922 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3923 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3924 f1 = n1; 3925 #endif 3926 } 3927 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3928 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3929 { 3930 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3931 n2 = 0; 3932 } 3933 else 3934 #endif 3935 { 3936 n2 = tv_get_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3937 if (error) 3938 { 3939 clear_tv(rettv); 3940 clear_tv(&var2); 3941 return FAIL; 3942 } 3943 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3944 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3945 f2 = n2; 3946 #endif 3947 } 3948 clear_tv(rettv); 3949 3950 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3951 /* If there is a float on either side the result is a float. */ 3952 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3953 { 3954 if (op == '+') 3955 f1 = f1 + f2; 3956 else 3957 f1 = f1 - f2; 3958 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3959 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3960 } 3961 else 3962 #endif 3963 { 3964 if (op == '+') 3965 n1 = n1 + n2; 3966 else 3967 n1 = n1 - n2; 3968 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3969 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3970 } 3971 } 3972 clear_tv(&var2); 3973 } 3974 } 3975 return OK; 3976 } 3977 3978 /* 3979 * Handle fifth level expression: 3980 * * number multiplication 3981 * / number division 3982 * % number modulo 3983 * 3984 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3985 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3986 * 3987 * Return OK or FAIL. 3988 */ 3989 static int 3990 eval6( 3991 char_u **arg, 3992 typval_T *rettv, 3993 int evaluate, 3994 int want_string) /* after "." operator */ 3995 { 3996 typval_T var2; 3997 int op; 3998 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3999 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4000 int use_float = FALSE; 4001 float_T f1 = 0, f2; 4002 #endif 4003 int error = FALSE; 4004 4005 /* 4006 * Get the first variable. 4007 */ 4008 if (eval7(arg, rettv, evaluate, want_string) == FAIL) 4009 return FAIL; 4010 4011 /* 4012 * Repeat computing, until no '*', '/' or '%' is following. 4013 */ 4014 for (;;) 4015 { 4016 op = **arg; 4017 if (op != '*' && op != '/' && op != '%') 4018 break; 4019 4020 if (evaluate) 4021 { 4022 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4023 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4024 { 4025 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 4026 use_float = TRUE; 4027 n1 = 0; 4028 } 4029 else 4030 #endif 4031 n1 = tv_get_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4032 clear_tv(rettv); 4033 if (error) 4034 return FAIL; 4035 } 4036 else 4037 n1 = 0; 4038 4039 /* 4040 * Get the second variable. 4041 */ 4042 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4043 if (eval7(arg, &var2, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 4044 return FAIL; 4045 4046 if (evaluate) 4047 { 4048 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4049 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4050 { 4051 if (!use_float) 4052 { 4053 f1 = n1; 4054 use_float = TRUE; 4055 } 4056 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 4057 n2 = 0; 4058 } 4059 else 4060 #endif 4061 { 4062 n2 = tv_get_number_chk(&var2, &error); 4063 clear_tv(&var2); 4064 if (error) 4065 return FAIL; 4066 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4067 if (use_float) 4068 f2 = n2; 4069 #endif 4070 } 4071 4072 /* 4073 * Compute the result. 4074 * When either side is a float the result is a float. 4075 */ 4076 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4077 if (use_float) 4078 { 4079 if (op == '*') 4080 f1 = f1 * f2; 4081 else if (op == '/') 4082 { 4083 # ifdef VMS 4084 /* VMS crashes on divide by zero, work around it */ 4085 if (f2 == 0.0) 4086 { 4087 if (f1 == 0) 4088 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 4089 else if (f1 < 0) 4090 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX; 4091 else 4092 f1 = __F_FLT_MAX; 4093 } 4094 else 4095 f1 = f1 / f2; 4096 # else 4097 /* We rely on the floating point library to handle divide 4098 * by zero to result in "inf" and not a crash. */ 4099 f1 = f1 / f2; 4100 # endif 4101 } 4102 else 4103 { 4104 emsg(_("E804: Cannot use '%' with Float")); 4105 return FAIL; 4106 } 4107 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4108 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 4109 } 4110 else 4111 #endif 4112 { 4113 if (op == '*') 4114 n1 = n1 * n2; 4115 else if (op == '/') 4116 { 4117 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 4118 { 4119 if (n1 == 0) 4120 n1 = VARNUM_MIN; /* similar to NaN */ 4121 else if (n1 < 0) 4122 n1 = -VARNUM_MAX; 4123 else 4124 n1 = VARNUM_MAX; 4125 } 4126 else 4127 n1 = n1 / n2; 4128 } 4129 else 4130 { 4131 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 4132 n1 = 0; 4133 else 4134 n1 = n1 % n2; 4135 } 4136 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4137 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 4138 } 4139 } 4140 } 4141 4142 return OK; 4143 } 4144 4145 /* 4146 * Handle sixth level expression: 4147 * number number constant 4148 * 0zFFFFFFFF Blob constant 4149 * "string" string constant 4150 * 'string' literal string constant 4151 * &option-name option value 4152 * @r register contents 4153 * identifier variable value 4154 * function() function call 4155 * $VAR environment variable 4156 * (expression) nested expression 4157 * [expr, expr] List 4158 * {key: val, key: val} Dictionary 4159 * 4160 * Also handle: 4161 * ! in front logical NOT 4162 * - in front unary minus 4163 * + in front unary plus (ignored) 4164 * trailing [] subscript in String or List 4165 * trailing .name entry in Dictionary 4166 * 4167 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 4168 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 4169 * 4170 * Return OK or FAIL. 4171 */ 4172 static int 4173 eval7( 4174 char_u **arg, 4175 typval_T *rettv, 4176 int evaluate, 4177 int want_string UNUSED) /* after "." operator */ 4178 { 4179 varnumber_T n; 4180 int len; 4181 char_u *s; 4182 char_u *start_leader, *end_leader; 4183 int ret = OK; 4184 char_u *alias; 4185 4186 /* 4187 * Initialise variable so that clear_tv() can't mistake this for a 4188 * string and free a string that isn't there. 4189 */ 4190 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 4191 4192 /* 4193 * Skip '!', '-' and '+' characters. They are handled later. 4194 */ 4195 start_leader = *arg; 4196 while (**arg == '!' || **arg == '-' || **arg == '+') 4197 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4198 end_leader = *arg; 4199 4200 switch (**arg) 4201 { 4202 /* 4203 * Number constant. 4204 */ 4205 case '0': 4206 case '1': 4207 case '2': 4208 case '3': 4209 case '4': 4210 case '5': 4211 case '6': 4212 case '7': 4213 case '8': 4214 case '9': 4215 { 4216 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4217 char_u *p = skipdigits(*arg + 1); 4218 int get_float = FALSE; 4219 4220 /* We accept a float when the format matches 4221 * "[0-9]\+\.[0-9]\+\([eE][+-]\?[0-9]\+\)\?". This is very 4222 * strict to avoid backwards compatibility problems. 4223 * Don't look for a float after the "." operator, so that 4224 * ":let vers = 1.2.3" doesn't fail. */ 4225 if (!want_string && p[0] == '.' && vim_isdigit(p[1])) 4226 { 4227 get_float = TRUE; 4228 p = skipdigits(p + 2); 4229 if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') 4230 { 4231 ++p; 4232 if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') 4233 ++p; 4234 if (!vim_isdigit(*p)) 4235 get_float = FALSE; 4236 else 4237 p = skipdigits(p + 1); 4238 } 4239 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) || *p == '.') 4240 get_float = FALSE; 4241 } 4242 if (get_float) 4243 { 4244 float_T f; 4245 4246 *arg += string2float(*arg, &f); 4247 if (evaluate) 4248 { 4249 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4250 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4251 } 4252 } 4253 else 4254 #endif 4255 if (**arg == '0' && ((*arg)[1] == 'z' || (*arg)[1] == 'Z')) 4256 { 4257 char_u *bp; 4258 blob_T *blob = NULL; // init for gcc 4259 4260 // Blob constant: 0z0123456789abcdef 4261 if (evaluate) 4262 blob = blob_alloc(); 4263 for (bp = *arg + 2; vim_isxdigit(bp[0]); bp += 2) 4264 { 4265 if (!vim_isxdigit(bp[1])) 4266 { 4267 if (blob != NULL) 4268 { 4269 emsg(_("E973: Blob literal should have an even number of hex characters")); 4270 ga_clear(&blob->bv_ga); 4271 VIM_CLEAR(blob); 4272 } 4273 ret = FAIL; 4274 break; 4275 } 4276 if (blob != NULL) 4277 ga_append(&blob->bv_ga, 4278 (hex2nr(*bp) << 4) + hex2nr(*(bp+1))); 4279 if (bp[2] == '.' && vim_isxdigit(bp[3])) 4280 ++bp; 4281 } 4282 if (blob != NULL) 4283 rettv_blob_set(rettv, blob); 4284 *arg = bp; 4285 } 4286 else 4287 { 4288 // decimal, hex or octal number 4289 vim_str2nr(*arg, NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 4290 *arg += len; 4291 if (evaluate) 4292 { 4293 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4294 rettv->vval.v_number = n; 4295 } 4296 } 4297 break; 4298 } 4299 4300 /* 4301 * String constant: "string". 4302 */ 4303 case '"': ret = get_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4304 break; 4305 4306 /* 4307 * Literal string constant: 'str''ing'. 4308 */ 4309 case '\'': ret = get_lit_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4310 break; 4311 4312 /* 4313 * List: [expr, expr] 4314 */ 4315 case '[': ret = get_list_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4316 break; 4317 4318 /* 4319 * Lambda: {arg, arg -> expr} 4320 * Dictionary: {key: val, key: val} 4321 */ 4322 case '{': ret = get_lambda_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4323 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4324 ret = dict_get_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4325 break; 4326 4327 /* 4328 * Option value: &name 4329 */ 4330 case '&': ret = get_option_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4331 break; 4332 4333 /* 4334 * Environment variable: $VAR. 4335 */ 4336 case '$': ret = get_env_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4337 break; 4338 4339 /* 4340 * Register contents: @r. 4341 */ 4342 case '@': ++*arg; 4343 if (evaluate) 4344 { 4345 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4346 rettv->vval.v_string = get_reg_contents(**arg, 4347 GREG_EXPR_SRC); 4348 } 4349 if (**arg != NUL) 4350 ++*arg; 4351 break; 4352 4353 /* 4354 * nested expression: (expression). 4355 */ 4356 case '(': *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4357 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); /* recursive! */ 4358 if (**arg == ')') 4359 ++*arg; 4360 else if (ret == OK) 4361 { 4362 emsg(_("E110: Missing ')'")); 4363 clear_tv(rettv); 4364 ret = FAIL; 4365 } 4366 break; 4367 4368 default: ret = NOTDONE; 4369 break; 4370 } 4371 4372 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4373 { 4374 /* 4375 * Must be a variable or function name. 4376 * Can also be a curly-braces kind of name: {expr}. 4377 */ 4378 s = *arg; 4379 len = get_name_len(arg, &alias, evaluate, TRUE); 4380 if (alias != NULL) 4381 s = alias; 4382 4383 if (len <= 0) 4384 ret = FAIL; 4385 else 4386 { 4387 if (**arg == '(') /* recursive! */ 4388 { 4389 partial_T *partial; 4390 4391 if (!evaluate) 4392 check_vars(s, len); 4393 4394 /* If "s" is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC 4395 * use its contents. */ 4396 s = deref_func_name(s, &len, &partial, !evaluate); 4397 4398 /* Need to make a copy, in case evaluating the arguments makes 4399 * the name invalid. */ 4400 s = vim_strsave(s); 4401 if (s == NULL) 4402 ret = FAIL; 4403 else 4404 /* Invoke the function. */ 4405 ret = get_func_tv(s, len, rettv, arg, 4406 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 4407 &len, evaluate, partial, NULL); 4408 vim_free(s); 4409 4410 /* If evaluate is FALSE rettv->v_type was not set in 4411 * get_func_tv, but it's needed in handle_subscript() to parse 4412 * what follows. So set it here. */ 4413 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN && !evaluate && **arg == '(') 4414 { 4415 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4416 rettv->v_type = VAR_FUNC; 4417 } 4418 4419 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately 4420 * aborting on error, or when an interrupt occurred or 4421 * an exception was thrown but not caught. */ 4422 if (aborting()) 4423 { 4424 if (ret == OK) 4425 clear_tv(rettv); 4426 ret = FAIL; 4427 } 4428 } 4429 else if (evaluate) 4430 ret = get_var_tv(s, len, rettv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); 4431 else 4432 { 4433 check_vars(s, len); 4434 ret = OK; 4435 } 4436 } 4437 vim_free(alias); 4438 } 4439 4440 *arg = skipwhite(*arg); 4441 4442 /* Handle following '[', '(' and '.' for expr[expr], expr.name, 4443 * expr(expr). */ 4444 if (ret == OK) 4445 ret = handle_subscript(arg, rettv, evaluate, TRUE); 4446 4447 /* 4448 * Apply logical NOT and unary '-', from right to left, ignore '+'. 4449 */ 4450 if (ret == OK && evaluate && end_leader > start_leader) 4451 { 4452 int error = FALSE; 4453 varnumber_T val = 0; 4454 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4455 float_T f = 0.0; 4456 4457 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4458 f = rettv->vval.v_float; 4459 else 4460 #endif 4461 val = tv_get_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4462 if (error) 4463 { 4464 clear_tv(rettv); 4465 ret = FAIL; 4466 } 4467 else 4468 { 4469 while (end_leader > start_leader) 4470 { 4471 --end_leader; 4472 if (*end_leader == '!') 4473 { 4474 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4475 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4476 f = !f; 4477 else 4478 #endif 4479 val = !val; 4480 } 4481 else if (*end_leader == '-') 4482 { 4483 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4484 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4485 f = -f; 4486 else 4487 #endif 4488 val = -val; 4489 } 4490 } 4491 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4492 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4493 { 4494 clear_tv(rettv); 4495 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4496 } 4497 else 4498 #endif 4499 { 4500 clear_tv(rettv); 4501 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4502 rettv->vval.v_number = val; 4503 } 4504 } 4505 } 4506 4507 return ret; 4508 } 4509 4510 /* 4511 * Evaluate an "[expr]" or "[expr:expr]" index. Also "dict.key". 4512 * "*arg" points to the '[' or '.'. 4513 * Returns FAIL or OK. "*arg" is advanced to after the ']'. 4514 */ 4515 static int 4516 eval_index( 4517 char_u **arg, 4518 typval_T *rettv, 4519 int evaluate, 4520 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 4521 { 4522 int empty1 = FALSE, empty2 = FALSE; 4523 typval_T var1, var2; 4524 long i; 4525 long n1, n2 = 0; 4526 long len = -1; 4527 int range = FALSE; 4528 char_u *s; 4529 char_u *key = NULL; 4530 4531 switch (rettv->v_type) 4532 { 4533 case VAR_FUNC: 4534 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4535 if (verbose) 4536 emsg(_("E695: Cannot index a Funcref")); 4537 return FAIL; 4538 case VAR_FLOAT: 4539 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4540 if (verbose) 4541 emsg(_(e_float_as_string)); 4542 return FAIL; 4543 #endif 4544 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4545 case VAR_JOB: 4546 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4547 if (verbose) 4548 emsg(_("E909: Cannot index a special variable")); 4549 return FAIL; 4550 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4551 if (evaluate) 4552 return FAIL; 4553 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4554 4555 case VAR_STRING: 4556 case VAR_NUMBER: 4557 case VAR_LIST: 4558 case VAR_DICT: 4559 case VAR_BLOB: 4560 break; 4561 } 4562 4563 init_tv(&var1); 4564 init_tv(&var2); 4565 if (**arg == '.') 4566 { 4567 /* 4568 * dict.name 4569 */ 4570 key = *arg + 1; 4571 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 4572 ; 4573 if (len == 0) 4574 return FAIL; 4575 *arg = skipwhite(key + len); 4576 } 4577 else 4578 { 4579 /* 4580 * something[idx] 4581 * 4582 * Get the (first) variable from inside the []. 4583 */ 4584 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4585 if (**arg == ':') 4586 empty1 = TRUE; 4587 else if (eval1(arg, &var1, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4588 return FAIL; 4589 else if (evaluate && tv_get_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 4590 { 4591 /* not a number or string */ 4592 clear_tv(&var1); 4593 return FAIL; 4594 } 4595 4596 /* 4597 * Get the second variable from inside the [:]. 4598 */ 4599 if (**arg == ':') 4600 { 4601 range = TRUE; 4602 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4603 if (**arg == ']') 4604 empty2 = TRUE; 4605 else if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4606 { 4607 if (!empty1) 4608 clear_tv(&var1); 4609 return FAIL; 4610 } 4611 else if (evaluate && tv_get_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 4612 { 4613 /* not a number or string */ 4614 if (!empty1) 4615 clear_tv(&var1); 4616 clear_tv(&var2); 4617 return FAIL; 4618 } 4619 } 4620 4621 /* Check for the ']'. */ 4622 if (**arg != ']') 4623 { 4624 if (verbose) 4625 emsg(_(e_missbrac)); 4626 clear_tv(&var1); 4627 if (range) 4628 clear_tv(&var2); 4629 return FAIL; 4630 } 4631 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); /* skip the ']' */ 4632 } 4633 4634 if (evaluate) 4635 { 4636 n1 = 0; 4637 if (!empty1 && rettv->v_type != VAR_DICT) 4638 { 4639 n1 = tv_get_number(&var1); 4640 clear_tv(&var1); 4641 } 4642 if (range) 4643 { 4644 if (empty2) 4645 n2 = -1; 4646 else 4647 { 4648 n2 = tv_get_number(&var2); 4649 clear_tv(&var2); 4650 } 4651 } 4652 4653 switch (rettv->v_type) 4654 { 4655 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4656 case VAR_FUNC: 4657 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4658 case VAR_FLOAT: 4659 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4660 case VAR_JOB: 4661 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4662 break; /* not evaluating, skipping over subscript */ 4663 4664 case VAR_NUMBER: 4665 case VAR_STRING: 4666 s = tv_get_string(rettv); 4667 len = (long)STRLEN(s); 4668 if (range) 4669 { 4670 /* The resulting variable is a substring. If the indexes 4671 * are out of range the result is empty. */ 4672 if (n1 < 0) 4673 { 4674 n1 = len + n1; 4675 if (n1 < 0) 4676 n1 = 0; 4677 } 4678 if (n2 < 0) 4679 n2 = len + n2; 4680 else if (n2 >= len) 4681 n2 = len; 4682 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4683 s = NULL; 4684 else 4685 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, (int)(n2 - n1 + 1)); 4686 } 4687 else 4688 { 4689 /* The resulting variable is a string of a single 4690 * character. If the index is too big or negative the 4691 * result is empty. */ 4692 if (n1 >= len || n1 < 0) 4693 s = NULL; 4694 else 4695 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, 1); 4696 } 4697 clear_tv(rettv); 4698 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4699 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 4700 break; 4701 4702 case VAR_BLOB: 4703 len = blob_len(rettv->vval.v_blob); 4704 if (range) 4705 { 4706 // The resulting variable is a sub-blob. If the indexes 4707 // are out of range the result is empty. 4708 if (n1 < 0) 4709 { 4710 n1 = len + n1; 4711 if (n1 < 0) 4712 n1 = 0; 4713 } 4714 if (n2 < 0) 4715 n2 = len + n2; 4716 else if (n2 >= len) 4717 n2 = len - 1; 4718 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4719 { 4720 clear_tv(rettv); 4721 rettv->v_type = VAR_BLOB; 4722 rettv->vval.v_blob = NULL; 4723 } 4724 else 4725 { 4726 blob_T *blob = blob_alloc(); 4727 4728 if (blob != NULL) 4729 { 4730 if (ga_grow(&blob->bv_ga, n2 - n1 + 1) == FAIL) 4731 { 4732 blob_free(blob); 4733 return FAIL; 4734 } 4735 blob->bv_ga.ga_len = n2 - n1 + 1; 4736 for (i = n1; i <= n2; i++) 4737 blob_set(blob, i - n1, 4738 blob_get(rettv->vval.v_blob, i)); 4739 4740 clear_tv(rettv); 4741 rettv_blob_set(rettv, blob); 4742 } 4743 } 4744 } 4745 else 4746 { 4747 // The resulting variable is a byte value. 4748 // If the index is too big or negative that is an error. 4749 if (n1 < 0) 4750 n1 = len + n1; 4751 if (n1 < len && n1 >= 0) 4752 { 4753 int v = blob_get(rettv->vval.v_blob, n1); 4754 4755 clear_tv(rettv); 4756 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4757 rettv->vval.v_number = v; 4758 } 4759 else 4760 semsg(_(e_blobidx), n1); 4761 } 4762 break; 4763 4764 case VAR_LIST: 4765 len = list_len(rettv->vval.v_list); 4766 if (n1 < 0) 4767 n1 = len + n1; 4768 if (!empty1 && (n1 < 0 || n1 >= len)) 4769 { 4770 /* For a range we allow invalid values and return an empty 4771 * list. A list index out of range is an error. */ 4772 if (!range) 4773 { 4774 if (verbose) 4775 semsg(_(e_listidx), n1); 4776 return FAIL; 4777 } 4778 n1 = len; 4779 } 4780 if (range) 4781 { 4782 list_T *l; 4783 listitem_T *item; 4784 4785 if (n2 < 0) 4786 n2 = len + n2; 4787 else if (n2 >= len) 4788 n2 = len - 1; 4789 if (!empty2 && (n2 < 0 || n2 + 1 < n1)) 4790 n2 = -1; 4791 l = list_alloc(); 4792 if (l == NULL) 4793 return FAIL; 4794 for (item = list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1); 4795 n1 <= n2; ++n1) 4796 { 4797 if (list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv) == FAIL) 4798 { 4799 list_free(l); 4800 return FAIL; 4801 } 4802 item = item->li_next; 4803 } 4804 clear_tv(rettv); 4805 rettv_list_set(rettv, l); 4806 } 4807 else 4808 { 4809 copy_tv(&list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1)->li_tv, &var1); 4810 clear_tv(rettv); 4811 *rettv = var1; 4812 } 4813 break; 4814 4815 case VAR_DICT: 4816 if (range) 4817 { 4818 if (verbose) 4819 emsg(_(e_dictrange)); 4820 if (len == -1) 4821 clear_tv(&var1); 4822 return FAIL; 4823 } 4824 { 4825 dictitem_T *item; 4826 4827 if (len == -1) 4828 { 4829 key = tv_get_string_chk(&var1); 4830 if (key == NULL) 4831 { 4832 clear_tv(&var1); 4833 return FAIL; 4834 } 4835 } 4836 4837 item = dict_find(rettv->vval.v_dict, key, (int)len); 4838 4839 if (item == NULL && verbose) 4840 semsg(_(e_dictkey), key); 4841 if (len == -1) 4842 clear_tv(&var1); 4843 if (item == NULL) 4844 return FAIL; 4845 4846 copy_tv(&item->di_tv, &var1); 4847 clear_tv(rettv); 4848 *rettv = var1; 4849 } 4850 break; 4851 } 4852 } 4853 4854 return OK; 4855 } 4856 4857 /* 4858 * Get an option value. 4859 * "arg" points to the '&' or '+' before the option name. 4860 * "arg" is advanced to character after the option name. 4861 * Return OK or FAIL. 4862 */ 4863 int 4864 get_option_tv( 4865 char_u **arg, 4866 typval_T *rettv, /* when NULL, only check if option exists */ 4867 int evaluate) 4868 { 4869 char_u *option_end; 4870 long numval; 4871 char_u *stringval; 4872 int opt_type; 4873 int c; 4874 int working = (**arg == '+'); /* has("+option") */ 4875 int ret = OK; 4876 int opt_flags; 4877 4878 /* 4879 * Isolate the option name and find its value. 4880 */ 4881 option_end = find_option_end(arg, &opt_flags); 4882 if (option_end == NULL) 4883 { 4884 if (rettv != NULL) 4885 semsg(_("E112: Option name missing: %s"), *arg); 4886 return FAIL; 4887 } 4888 4889 if (!evaluate) 4890 { 4891 *arg = option_end; 4892 return OK; 4893 } 4894 4895 c = *option_end; 4896 *option_end = NUL; 4897 opt_type = get_option_value(*arg, &numval, 4898 rettv == NULL ? NULL : &stringval, opt_flags); 4899 4900 if (opt_type == -3) /* invalid name */ 4901 { 4902 if (rettv != NULL) 4903 semsg(_("E113: Unknown option: %s"), *arg); 4904 ret = FAIL; 4905 } 4906 else if (rettv != NULL) 4907 { 4908 if (opt_type == -2) /* hidden string option */ 4909 { 4910 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4911 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4912 } 4913 else if (opt_type == -1) /* hidden number option */ 4914 { 4915 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4916 rettv->vval.v_number = 0; 4917 } 4918 else if (opt_type == 1) /* number option */ 4919 { 4920 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4921 rettv->vval.v_number = numval; 4922 } 4923 else /* string option */ 4924 { 4925 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4926 rettv->vval.v_string = stringval; 4927 } 4928 } 4929 else if (working && (opt_type == -2 || opt_type == -1)) 4930 ret = FAIL; 4931 4932 *option_end = c; /* put back for error messages */ 4933 *arg = option_end; 4934 4935 return ret; 4936 } 4937 4938 /* 4939 * Allocate a variable for a string constant. 4940 * Return OK or FAIL. 4941 */ 4942 static int 4943 get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4944 { 4945 char_u *p; 4946 char_u *name; 4947 int extra = 0; 4948 4949 /* 4950 * Find the end of the string, skipping backslashed characters. 4951 */ 4952 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4953 { 4954 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 4955 { 4956 ++p; 4957 /* A "\<x>" form occupies at least 4 characters, and produces up 4958 * to 6 characters: reserve space for 2 extra */ 4959 if (*p == '<') 4960 extra += 2; 4961 } 4962 } 4963 4964 if (*p != '"') 4965 { 4966 semsg(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4967 return FAIL; 4968 } 4969 4970 /* If only parsing, set *arg and return here */ 4971 if (!evaluate) 4972 { 4973 *arg = p + 1; 4974 return OK; 4975 } 4976 4977 /* 4978 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling backslashed 4979 * characters. 4980 */ 4981 name = alloc((unsigned)(p - *arg + extra)); 4982 if (name == NULL) 4983 return FAIL; 4984 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4985 rettv->vval.v_string = name; 4986 4987 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; ) 4988 { 4989 if (*p == '\\') 4990 { 4991 switch (*++p) 4992 { 4993 case 'b': *name++ = BS; ++p; break; 4994 case 'e': *name++ = ESC; ++p; break; 4995 case 'f': *name++ = FF; ++p; break; 4996 case 'n': *name++ = NL; ++p; break; 4997 case 'r': *name++ = CAR; ++p; break; 4998 case 't': *name++ = TAB; ++p; break; 4999 5000 case 'X': /* hex: "\x1", "\x12" */ 5001 case 'x': 5002 case 'u': /* Unicode: "\u0023" */ 5003 case 'U': 5004 if (vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 5005 { 5006 int n, nr; 5007 int c = toupper(*p); 5008 5009 if (c == 'X') 5010 n = 2; 5011 else if (*p == 'u') 5012 n = 4; 5013 else 5014 n = 8; 5015 nr = 0; 5016 while (--n >= 0 && vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 5017 { 5018 ++p; 5019 nr = (nr << 4) + hex2nr(*p); 5020 } 5021 ++p; 5022 /* For "\u" store the number according to 5023 * 'encoding'. */ 5024 if (c != 'X') 5025 name += (*mb_char2bytes)(nr, name); 5026 else 5027 *name++ = nr; 5028 } 5029 break; 5030 5031 /* octal: "\1", "\12", "\123" */ 5032 case '0': 5033 case '1': 5034 case '2': 5035 case '3': 5036 case '4': 5037 case '5': 5038 case '6': 5039 case '7': *name = *p++ - '0'; 5040 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 5041 { 5042 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 5043 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 5044 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 5045 } 5046 ++name; 5047 break; 5048 5049 /* Special key, e.g.: "\<C-W>" */ 5050 case '<': extra = trans_special(&p, name, TRUE, TRUE); 5051 if (extra != 0) 5052 { 5053 name += extra; 5054 break; 5055 } 5056 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 5057 5058 default: MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 5059 break; 5060 } 5061 } 5062 else 5063 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 5064 5065 } 5066 *name = NUL; 5067 if (*p != NUL) /* just in case */ 5068 ++p; 5069 *arg = p; 5070 5071 return OK; 5072 } 5073 5074 /* 5075 * Allocate a variable for a 'str''ing' constant. 5076 * Return OK or FAIL. 5077 */ 5078 static int 5079 get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 5080 { 5081 char_u *p; 5082 char_u *str; 5083 int reduce = 0; 5084 5085 /* 5086 * Find the end of the string, skipping ''. 5087 */ 5088 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 5089 { 5090 if (*p == '\'') 5091 { 5092 if (p[1] != '\'') 5093 break; 5094 ++reduce; 5095 ++p; 5096 } 5097 } 5098 5099 if (*p != '\'') 5100 { 5101 semsg(_("E115: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 5102 return FAIL; 5103 } 5104 5105 /* If only parsing return after setting "*arg" */ 5106 if (!evaluate) 5107 { 5108 *arg = p + 1; 5109 return OK; 5110 } 5111 5112 /* 5113 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling '' to ' reduction. 5114 */ 5115 str = alloc((unsigned)((p - *arg) - reduce)); 5116 if (str == NULL) 5117 return FAIL; 5118 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 5119 rettv->vval.v_string = str; 5120 5121 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; ) 5122 { 5123 if (*p == '\'') 5124 { 5125 if (p[1] != '\'') 5126 break; 5127 ++p; 5128 } 5129 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, str); 5130 } 5131 *str = NUL; 5132 *arg = p + 1; 5133 5134 return OK; 5135 } 5136 5137 /* 5138 * Return the function name of the partial. 5139 */ 5140 char_u * 5141 partial_name(partial_T *pt) 5142 { 5143 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 5144 return pt->pt_name; 5145 return pt->pt_func->uf_name; 5146 } 5147 5148 static void 5149 partial_free(partial_T *pt) 5150 { 5151 int i; 5152 5153 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5154 clear_tv(&pt->pt_argv[i]); 5155 vim_free(pt->pt_argv); 5156 dict_unref(pt->pt_dict); 5157 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 5158 { 5159 func_unref(pt->pt_name); 5160 vim_free(pt->pt_name); 5161 } 5162 else 5163 func_ptr_unref(pt->pt_func); 5164 vim_free(pt); 5165 } 5166 5167 /* 5168 * Unreference a closure: decrement the reference count and free it when it 5169 * becomes zero. 5170 */ 5171 void 5172 partial_unref(partial_T *pt) 5173 { 5174 if (pt != NULL && --pt->pt_refcount <= 0) 5175 partial_free(pt); 5176 } 5177 5178 static int tv_equal_recurse_limit; 5179 5180 static int 5181 func_equal( 5182 typval_T *tv1, 5183 typval_T *tv2, 5184 int ic) /* ignore case */ 5185 { 5186 char_u *s1, *s2; 5187 dict_T *d1, *d2; 5188 int a1, a2; 5189 int i; 5190 5191 /* empty and NULL function name considered the same */ 5192 s1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv1->vval.v_string 5193 : partial_name(tv1->vval.v_partial); 5194 if (s1 != NULL && *s1 == NUL) 5195 s1 = NULL; 5196 s2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv2->vval.v_string 5197 : partial_name(tv2->vval.v_partial); 5198 if (s2 != NULL && *s2 == NUL) 5199 s2 = NULL; 5200 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) 5201 { 5202 if (s1 != s2) 5203 return FALSE; 5204 } 5205 else if (STRCMP(s1, s2) != 0) 5206 return FALSE; 5207 5208 /* empty dict and NULL dict is different */ 5209 d1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 5210 d2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 5211 if (d1 == NULL || d2 == NULL) 5212 { 5213 if (d1 != d2) 5214 return FALSE; 5215 } 5216 else if (!dict_equal(d1, d2, ic, TRUE)) 5217 return FALSE; 5218 5219 /* empty list and no list considered the same */ 5220 a1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 5221 a2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 5222 if (a1 != a2) 5223 return FALSE; 5224 for (i = 0; i < a1; ++i) 5225 if (!tv_equal(tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, 5226 tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, ic, TRUE)) 5227 return FALSE; 5228 5229 return TRUE; 5230 } 5231 5232 /* 5233 * Return TRUE if "tv1" and "tv2" have the same value. 5234 * Compares the items just like "==" would compare them, but strings and 5235 * numbers are different. Floats and numbers are also different. 5236 */ 5237 int 5238 tv_equal( 5239 typval_T *tv1, 5240 typval_T *tv2, 5241 int ic, /* ignore case */ 5242 int recursive) /* TRUE when used recursively */ 5243 { 5244 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 5245 char_u *s1, *s2; 5246 static int recursive_cnt = 0; /* catch recursive loops */ 5247 int r; 5248 5249 /* Catch lists and dicts that have an endless loop by limiting 5250 * recursiveness to a limit. We guess they are equal then. 5251 * A fixed limit has the problem of still taking an awful long time. 5252 * Reduce the limit every time running into it. That should work fine for 5253 * deeply linked structures that are not recursively linked and catch 5254 * recursiveness quickly. */ 5255 if (!recursive) 5256 tv_equal_recurse_limit = 1000; 5257 if (recursive_cnt >= tv_equal_recurse_limit) 5258 { 5259 --tv_equal_recurse_limit; 5260 return TRUE; 5261 } 5262 5263 /* For VAR_FUNC and VAR_PARTIAL compare the function name, bound dict and 5264 * arguments. */ 5265 if ((tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC 5266 || (tv1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv1->vval.v_partial != NULL)) 5267 && (tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 5268 || (tv2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv2->vval.v_partial != NULL))) 5269 { 5270 ++recursive_cnt; 5271 r = func_equal(tv1, tv2, ic); 5272 --recursive_cnt; 5273 return r; 5274 } 5275 5276 if (tv1->v_type != tv2->v_type) 5277 return FALSE; 5278 5279 switch (tv1->v_type) 5280 { 5281 case VAR_LIST: 5282 ++recursive_cnt; 5283 r = list_equal(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, ic, TRUE); 5284 --recursive_cnt; 5285 return r; 5286 5287 case VAR_DICT: 5288 ++recursive_cnt; 5289 r = dict_equal(tv1->vval.v_dict, tv2->vval.v_dict, ic, TRUE); 5290 --recursive_cnt; 5291 return r; 5292 5293 case VAR_BLOB: 5294 return blob_equal(tv1->vval.v_blob, tv2->vval.v_blob); 5295 5296 case VAR_NUMBER: 5297 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5298 5299 case VAR_STRING: 5300 s1 = tv_get_string_buf(tv1, buf1); 5301 s2 = tv_get_string_buf(tv2, buf2); 5302 return ((ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2)) == 0); 5303 5304 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5305 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 5306 5307 case VAR_FLOAT: 5308 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5309 return tv1->vval.v_float == tv2->vval.v_float; 5310 #endif 5311 case VAR_JOB: 5312 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5313 return tv1->vval.v_job == tv2->vval.v_job; 5314 #endif 5315 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5316 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5317 return tv1->vval.v_channel == tv2->vval.v_channel; 5318 #endif 5319 case VAR_FUNC: 5320 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5321 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5322 break; 5323 } 5324 5325 /* VAR_UNKNOWN can be the result of a invalid expression, let's say it 5326 * does not equal anything, not even itself. */ 5327 return FALSE; 5328 } 5329 5330 /* 5331 * Return the next (unique) copy ID. 5332 * Used for serializing nested structures. 5333 */ 5334 int 5335 get_copyID(void) 5336 { 5337 current_copyID += COPYID_INC; 5338 return current_copyID; 5339 } 5340 5341 /* 5342 * Garbage collection for lists and dictionaries. 5343 * 5344 * We use reference counts to be able to free most items right away when they 5345 * are no longer used. But for composite items it's possible that it becomes 5346 * unused while the reference count is > 0: When there is a recursive 5347 * reference. Example: 5348 * :let l = [1, 2, 3] 5349 * :let d = {9: l} 5350 * :let l[1] = d 5351 * 5352 * Since this is quite unusual we handle this with garbage collection: every 5353 * once in a while find out which lists and dicts are not referenced from any 5354 * variable. 5355 * 5356 * Here is a good reference text about garbage collection (refers to Python 5357 * but it applies to all reference-counting mechanisms): 5358 * http://python.ca/nas/python/gc/ 5359 */ 5360 5361 /* 5362 * Do garbage collection for lists and dicts. 5363 * When "testing" is TRUE this is called from test_garbagecollect_now(). 5364 * Return TRUE if some memory was freed. 5365 */ 5366 int 5367 garbage_collect(int testing) 5368 { 5369 int copyID; 5370 int abort = FALSE; 5371 buf_T *buf; 5372 win_T *wp; 5373 int i; 5374 int did_free = FALSE; 5375 tabpage_T *tp; 5376 5377 if (!testing) 5378 { 5379 /* Only do this once. */ 5380 want_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5381 may_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5382 garbage_collect_at_exit = FALSE; 5383 } 5384 5385 /* We advance by two because we add one for items referenced through 5386 * previous_funccal. */ 5387 copyID = get_copyID(); 5388 5389 /* 5390 * 1. Go through all accessible variables and mark all lists and dicts 5391 * with copyID. 5392 */ 5393 5394 /* Don't free variables in the previous_funccal list unless they are only 5395 * referenced through previous_funccal. This must be first, because if 5396 * the item is referenced elsewhere the funccal must not be freed. */ 5397 abort = abort || set_ref_in_previous_funccal(copyID); 5398 5399 /* script-local variables */ 5400 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 5401 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&SCRIPT_VARS(i), copyID, NULL); 5402 5403 /* buffer-local variables */ 5404 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 5405 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&buf->b_bufvar.di_tv, copyID, 5406 NULL, NULL); 5407 5408 /* window-local variables */ 5409 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 5410 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&wp->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5411 NULL, NULL); 5412 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 5413 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&aucmd_win->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5414 NULL, NULL); 5415 5416 /* tabpage-local variables */ 5417 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 5418 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&tp->tp_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5419 NULL, NULL); 5420 /* global variables */ 5421 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&globvarht, copyID, NULL); 5422 5423 /* function-local variables */ 5424 abort = abort || set_ref_in_call_stack(copyID); 5425 5426 /* named functions (matters for closures) */ 5427 abort = abort || set_ref_in_functions(copyID); 5428 5429 /* function call arguments, if v:testing is set. */ 5430 abort = abort || set_ref_in_func_args(copyID); 5431 5432 /* v: vars */ 5433 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&vimvarht, copyID, NULL); 5434 5435 #ifdef FEAT_LUA 5436 abort = abort || set_ref_in_lua(copyID); 5437 #endif 5438 5439 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON 5440 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python(copyID); 5441 #endif 5442 5443 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 5444 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python3(copyID); 5445 #endif 5446 5447 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5448 abort = abort || set_ref_in_channel(copyID); 5449 abort = abort || set_ref_in_job(copyID); 5450 #endif 5451 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 5452 abort = abort || set_ref_in_nb_channel(copyID); 5453 #endif 5454 5455 #ifdef FEAT_TIMERS 5456 abort = abort || set_ref_in_timer(copyID); 5457 #endif 5458 5459 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5460 abort = abort || set_ref_in_quickfix(copyID); 5461 #endif 5462 5463 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5464 abort = abort || set_ref_in_term(copyID); 5465 #endif 5466 5467 if (!abort) 5468 { 5469 /* 5470 * 2. Free lists and dictionaries that are not referenced. 5471 */ 5472 did_free = free_unref_items(copyID); 5473 5474 /* 5475 * 3. Check if any funccal can be freed now. 5476 * This may call us back recursively. 5477 */ 5478 free_unref_funccal(copyID, testing); 5479 } 5480 else if (p_verbose > 0) 5481 { 5482 verb_msg(_("Not enough memory to set references, garbage collection aborted!")); 5483 } 5484 5485 return did_free; 5486 } 5487 5488 /* 5489 * Free lists, dictionaries, channels and jobs that are no longer referenced. 5490 */ 5491 static int 5492 free_unref_items(int copyID) 5493 { 5494 int did_free = FALSE; 5495 5496 /* Let all "free" functions know that we are here. This means no 5497 * dictionaries, lists, channels or jobs are to be freed, because we will 5498 * do that here. */ 5499 in_free_unref_items = TRUE; 5500 5501 /* 5502 * PASS 1: free the contents of the items. We don't free the items 5503 * themselves yet, so that it is possible to decrement refcount counters 5504 */ 5505 5506 /* Go through the list of dicts and free items without the copyID. */ 5507 did_free |= dict_free_nonref(copyID); 5508 5509 /* Go through the list of lists and free items without the copyID. */ 5510 did_free |= list_free_nonref(copyID); 5511 5512 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5513 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5514 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5515 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5516 did_free |= free_unused_jobs_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5517 5518 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5519 did_free |= free_unused_channels_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5520 #endif 5521 5522 /* 5523 * PASS 2: free the items themselves. 5524 */ 5525 dict_free_items(copyID); 5526 list_free_items(copyID); 5527 5528 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5529 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5530 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5531 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5532 free_unused_jobs(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5533 5534 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5535 free_unused_channels(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5536 #endif 5537 5538 in_free_unref_items = FALSE; 5539 5540 return did_free; 5541 } 5542 5543 /* 5544 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through hashtab "ht" with "copyID". 5545 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5546 * 5547 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5548 */ 5549 int 5550 set_ref_in_ht(hashtab_T *ht, int copyID, list_stack_T **list_stack) 5551 { 5552 int todo; 5553 int abort = FALSE; 5554 hashitem_T *hi; 5555 hashtab_T *cur_ht; 5556 ht_stack_T *ht_stack = NULL; 5557 ht_stack_T *tempitem; 5558 5559 cur_ht = ht; 5560 for (;;) 5561 { 5562 if (!abort) 5563 { 5564 /* Mark each item in the hashtab. If the item contains a hashtab 5565 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5566 * list_stack. */ 5567 todo = (int)cur_ht->ht_used; 5568 for (hi = cur_ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 5569 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 5570 { 5571 --todo; 5572 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, copyID, 5573 &ht_stack, list_stack); 5574 } 5575 } 5576 5577 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5578 break; 5579 5580 /* take an item from the stack */ 5581 cur_ht = ht_stack->ht; 5582 tempitem = ht_stack; 5583 ht_stack = ht_stack->prev; 5584 free(tempitem); 5585 } 5586 5587 return abort; 5588 } 5589 5590 /* 5591 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through list "l" with "copyID". 5592 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5593 * 5594 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5595 */ 5596 int 5597 set_ref_in_list(list_T *l, int copyID, ht_stack_T **ht_stack) 5598 { 5599 listitem_T *li; 5600 int abort = FALSE; 5601 list_T *cur_l; 5602 list_stack_T *list_stack = NULL; 5603 list_stack_T *tempitem; 5604 5605 cur_l = l; 5606 for (;;) 5607 { 5608 if (!abort) 5609 /* Mark each item in the list. If the item contains a hashtab 5610 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5611 * list_stack. */ 5612 for (li = cur_l->lv_first; !abort && li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 5613 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&li->li_tv, copyID, 5614 ht_stack, &list_stack); 5615 if (list_stack == NULL) 5616 break; 5617 5618 /* take an item from the stack */ 5619 cur_l = list_stack->list; 5620 tempitem = list_stack; 5621 list_stack = list_stack->prev; 5622 free(tempitem); 5623 } 5624 5625 return abort; 5626 } 5627 5628 /* 5629 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through typval "tv" with "copyID". 5630 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5631 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5632 * 5633 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5634 */ 5635 int 5636 set_ref_in_item( 5637 typval_T *tv, 5638 int copyID, 5639 ht_stack_T **ht_stack, 5640 list_stack_T **list_stack) 5641 { 5642 int abort = FALSE; 5643 5644 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 5645 { 5646 dict_T *dd = tv->vval.v_dict; 5647 5648 if (dd != NULL && dd->dv_copyID != copyID) 5649 { 5650 /* Didn't see this dict yet. */ 5651 dd->dv_copyID = copyID; 5652 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5653 { 5654 abort = set_ref_in_ht(&dd->dv_hashtab, copyID, list_stack); 5655 } 5656 else 5657 { 5658 ht_stack_T *newitem = (ht_stack_T*)malloc(sizeof(ht_stack_T)); 5659 if (newitem == NULL) 5660 abort = TRUE; 5661 else 5662 { 5663 newitem->ht = &dd->dv_hashtab; 5664 newitem->prev = *ht_stack; 5665 *ht_stack = newitem; 5666 } 5667 } 5668 } 5669 } 5670 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5671 { 5672 list_T *ll = tv->vval.v_list; 5673 5674 if (ll != NULL && ll->lv_copyID != copyID) 5675 { 5676 /* Didn't see this list yet. */ 5677 ll->lv_copyID = copyID; 5678 if (list_stack == NULL) 5679 { 5680 abort = set_ref_in_list(ll, copyID, ht_stack); 5681 } 5682 else 5683 { 5684 list_stack_T *newitem = (list_stack_T*)malloc( 5685 sizeof(list_stack_T)); 5686 if (newitem == NULL) 5687 abort = TRUE; 5688 else 5689 { 5690 newitem->list = ll; 5691 newitem->prev = *list_stack; 5692 *list_stack = newitem; 5693 } 5694 } 5695 } 5696 } 5697 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 5698 { 5699 abort = set_ref_in_func(tv->vval.v_string, NULL, copyID); 5700 } 5701 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 5702 { 5703 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5704 int i; 5705 5706 /* A partial does not have a copyID, because it cannot contain itself. 5707 */ 5708 if (pt != NULL) 5709 { 5710 abort = set_ref_in_func(pt->pt_name, pt->pt_func, copyID); 5711 5712 if (pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5713 { 5714 typval_T dtv; 5715 5716 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5717 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5718 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5719 } 5720 5721 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5722 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&pt->pt_argv[i], copyID, 5723 ht_stack, list_stack); 5724 } 5725 } 5726 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5727 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_JOB) 5728 { 5729 job_T *job = tv->vval.v_job; 5730 typval_T dtv; 5731 5732 if (job != NULL && job->jv_copyID != copyID) 5733 { 5734 job->jv_copyID = copyID; 5735 if (job->jv_channel != NULL) 5736 { 5737 dtv.v_type = VAR_CHANNEL; 5738 dtv.vval.v_channel = job->jv_channel; 5739 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5740 } 5741 if (job->jv_exit_partial != NULL) 5742 { 5743 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5744 dtv.vval.v_partial = job->jv_exit_partial; 5745 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5746 } 5747 } 5748 } 5749 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_CHANNEL) 5750 { 5751 channel_T *ch =tv->vval.v_channel; 5752 ch_part_T part; 5753 typval_T dtv; 5754 jsonq_T *jq; 5755 cbq_T *cq; 5756 5757 if (ch != NULL && ch->ch_copyID != copyID) 5758 { 5759 ch->ch_copyID = copyID; 5760 for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part) 5761 { 5762 for (jq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_json_head.jq_next; jq != NULL; 5763 jq = jq->jq_next) 5764 set_ref_in_item(jq->jq_value, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5765 for (cq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_cb_head.cq_next; cq != NULL; 5766 cq = cq->cq_next) 5767 if (cq->cq_partial != NULL) 5768 { 5769 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5770 dtv.vval.v_partial = cq->cq_partial; 5771 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5772 } 5773 if (ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial != NULL) 5774 { 5775 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5776 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial; 5777 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5778 } 5779 } 5780 if (ch->ch_partial != NULL) 5781 { 5782 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5783 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_partial; 5784 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5785 } 5786 if (ch->ch_close_partial != NULL) 5787 { 5788 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5789 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_close_partial; 5790 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5791 } 5792 } 5793 } 5794 #endif 5795 return abort; 5796 } 5797 5798 static char * 5799 get_var_special_name(int nr) 5800 { 5801 switch (nr) 5802 { 5803 case VVAL_FALSE: return "v:false"; 5804 case VVAL_TRUE: return "v:true"; 5805 case VVAL_NONE: return "v:none"; 5806 case VVAL_NULL: return "v:null"; 5807 } 5808 internal_error("get_var_special_name()"); 5809 return "42"; 5810 } 5811 5812 /* 5813 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5814 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5815 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5816 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5817 * When both "echo_style" and "composite_val" are FALSE, put quotes around 5818 * stings as "string()", otherwise does not put quotes around strings, as 5819 * ":echo" displays values. 5820 * When "restore_copyID" is FALSE, repeated items in dictionaries and lists 5821 * are replaced with "...". 5822 * May return NULL. 5823 */ 5824 char_u * 5825 echo_string_core( 5826 typval_T *tv, 5827 char_u **tofree, 5828 char_u *numbuf, 5829 int copyID, 5830 int echo_style, 5831 int restore_copyID, 5832 int composite_val) 5833 { 5834 static int recurse = 0; 5835 char_u *r = NULL; 5836 5837 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 5838 { 5839 if (!did_echo_string_emsg) 5840 { 5841 /* Only give this message once for a recursive call to avoid 5842 * flooding the user with errors. And stop iterating over lists 5843 * and dicts. */ 5844 did_echo_string_emsg = TRUE; 5845 emsg(_("E724: variable nested too deep for displaying")); 5846 } 5847 *tofree = NULL; 5848 return (char_u *)"{E724}"; 5849 } 5850 ++recurse; 5851 5852 switch (tv->v_type) 5853 { 5854 case VAR_STRING: 5855 if (echo_style && !composite_val) 5856 { 5857 *tofree = NULL; 5858 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5859 if (r == NULL) 5860 r = (char_u *)""; 5861 } 5862 else 5863 { 5864 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, FALSE); 5865 r = *tofree; 5866 } 5867 break; 5868 5869 case VAR_FUNC: 5870 if (echo_style) 5871 { 5872 *tofree = NULL; 5873 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5874 } 5875 else 5876 { 5877 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, TRUE); 5878 r = *tofree; 5879 } 5880 break; 5881 5882 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5883 { 5884 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5885 char_u *fname = string_quote(pt == NULL ? NULL 5886 : partial_name(pt), FALSE); 5887 garray_T ga; 5888 int i; 5889 char_u *tf; 5890 5891 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); 5892 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"function("); 5893 if (fname != NULL) 5894 { 5895 ga_concat(&ga, fname); 5896 vim_free(fname); 5897 } 5898 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_argc > 0) 5899 { 5900 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", ["); 5901 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5902 { 5903 if (i > 0) 5904 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5905 ga_concat(&ga, 5906 tv2string(&pt->pt_argv[i], &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5907 vim_free(tf); 5908 } 5909 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"]"); 5910 } 5911 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5912 { 5913 typval_T dtv; 5914 5915 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5916 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5917 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5918 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&dtv, &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5919 vim_free(tf); 5920 } 5921 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)")"); 5922 5923 *tofree = ga.ga_data; 5924 r = *tofree; 5925 break; 5926 } 5927 5928 case VAR_BLOB: 5929 r = blob2string(tv->vval.v_blob, tofree, numbuf); 5930 break; 5931 5932 case VAR_LIST: 5933 if (tv->vval.v_list == NULL) 5934 { 5935 *tofree = NULL; 5936 r = NULL; 5937 } 5938 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID 5939 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 5940 { 5941 *tofree = NULL; 5942 r = (char_u *)"[...]"; 5943 } 5944 else 5945 { 5946 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID; 5947 5948 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = copyID; 5949 *tofree = list2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5950 if (restore_copyID) 5951 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = old_copyID; 5952 r = *tofree; 5953 } 5954 break; 5955 5956 case VAR_DICT: 5957 if (tv->vval.v_dict == NULL) 5958 { 5959 *tofree = NULL; 5960 r = NULL; 5961 } 5962 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID 5963 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_hashtab.ht_used != 0) 5964 { 5965 *tofree = NULL; 5966 r = (char_u *)"{...}"; 5967 } 5968 else 5969 { 5970 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID; 5971 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = copyID; 5972 *tofree = dict2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5973 if (restore_copyID) 5974 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = old_copyID; 5975 r = *tofree; 5976 } 5977 break; 5978 5979 case VAR_NUMBER: 5980 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5981 *tofree = NULL; 5982 r = tv_get_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5983 break; 5984 5985 case VAR_JOB: 5986 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5987 *tofree = NULL; 5988 r = tv_get_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5989 if (composite_val) 5990 { 5991 *tofree = string_quote(r, FALSE); 5992 r = *tofree; 5993 } 5994 break; 5995 5996 case VAR_FLOAT: 5997 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5998 *tofree = NULL; 5999 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv->vval.v_float); 6000 r = numbuf; 6001 break; 6002 #endif 6003 6004 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6005 *tofree = NULL; 6006 r = (char_u *)get_var_special_name(tv->vval.v_number); 6007 break; 6008 } 6009 6010 if (--recurse == 0) 6011 did_echo_string_emsg = FALSE; 6012 return r; 6013 } 6014 6015 /* 6016 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 6017 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 6018 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 6019 * Does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" displays values. 6020 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 6021 * May return NULL. 6022 */ 6023 char_u * 6024 echo_string( 6025 typval_T *tv, 6026 char_u **tofree, 6027 char_u *numbuf, 6028 int copyID) 6029 { 6030 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 6031 } 6032 6033 /* 6034 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 6035 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 6036 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 6037 * Puts quotes around strings, so that they can be parsed back by eval(). 6038 * May return NULL. 6039 */ 6040 char_u * 6041 tv2string( 6042 typval_T *tv, 6043 char_u **tofree, 6044 char_u *numbuf, 6045 int copyID) 6046 { 6047 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 6048 } 6049 6050 /* 6051 * Return string "str" in ' quotes, doubling ' characters. 6052 * If "str" is NULL an empty string is assumed. 6053 * If "function" is TRUE make it function('string'). 6054 */ 6055 char_u * 6056 string_quote(char_u *str, int function) 6057 { 6058 unsigned len; 6059 char_u *p, *r, *s; 6060 6061 len = (function ? 13 : 3); 6062 if (str != NULL) 6063 { 6064 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(str); 6065 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6066 if (*p == '\'') 6067 ++len; 6068 } 6069 s = r = alloc(len); 6070 if (r != NULL) 6071 { 6072 if (function) 6073 { 6074 STRCPY(r, "function('"); 6075 r += 10; 6076 } 6077 else 6078 *r++ = '\''; 6079 if (str != NULL) 6080 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ) 6081 { 6082 if (*p == '\'') 6083 *r++ = '\''; 6084 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, r); 6085 } 6086 *r++ = '\''; 6087 if (function) 6088 *r++ = ')'; 6089 *r++ = NUL; 6090 } 6091 return s; 6092 } 6093 6094 #if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) || defined(PROTO) 6095 /* 6096 * Convert the string "text" to a floating point number. 6097 * This uses strtod(). setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C") has been used to make sure 6098 * this always uses a decimal point. 6099 * Returns the length of the text that was consumed. 6100 */ 6101 int 6102 string2float( 6103 char_u *text, 6104 float_T *value) /* result stored here */ 6105 { 6106 char *s = (char *)text; 6107 float_T f; 6108 6109 /* MS-Windows does not deal with "inf" and "nan" properly. */ 6110 if (STRNICMP(text, "inf", 3) == 0) 6111 { 6112 *value = INFINITY; 6113 return 3; 6114 } 6115 if (STRNICMP(text, "-inf", 3) == 0) 6116 { 6117 *value = -INFINITY; 6118 return 4; 6119 } 6120 if (STRNICMP(text, "nan", 3) == 0) 6121 { 6122 *value = NAN; 6123 return 3; 6124 } 6125 f = strtod(s, &s); 6126 *value = f; 6127 return (int)((char_u *)s - text); 6128 } 6129 #endif 6130 6131 /* 6132 * Get the value of an environment variable. 6133 * "arg" is pointing to the '$'. It is advanced to after the name. 6134 * If the environment variable was not set, silently assume it is empty. 6135 * Return FAIL if the name is invalid. 6136 */ 6137 static int 6138 get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 6139 { 6140 char_u *string = NULL; 6141 int len; 6142 int cc; 6143 char_u *name; 6144 int mustfree = FALSE; 6145 6146 ++*arg; 6147 name = *arg; 6148 len = get_env_len(arg); 6149 if (evaluate) 6150 { 6151 if (len == 0) 6152 return FAIL; /* invalid empty name */ 6153 6154 cc = name[len]; 6155 name[len] = NUL; 6156 /* first try vim_getenv(), fast for normal environment vars */ 6157 string = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 6158 if (string != NULL && *string != NUL) 6159 { 6160 if (!mustfree) 6161 string = vim_strsave(string); 6162 } 6163 else 6164 { 6165 if (mustfree) 6166 vim_free(string); 6167 6168 /* next try expanding things like $VIM and ${HOME} */ 6169 string = expand_env_save(name - 1); 6170 if (string != NULL && *string == '$') 6171 VIM_CLEAR(string); 6172 } 6173 name[len] = cc; 6174 6175 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6176 rettv->vval.v_string = string; 6177 } 6178 6179 return OK; 6180 } 6181 6182 6183 6184 /* 6185 * Translate a String variable into a position. 6186 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 6187 */ 6188 pos_T * 6189 var2fpos( 6190 typval_T *varp, 6191 int dollar_lnum, /* TRUE when $ is last line */ 6192 int *fnum) /* set to fnum for '0, 'A, etc. */ 6193 { 6194 char_u *name; 6195 static pos_T pos; 6196 pos_T *pp; 6197 6198 /* Argument can be [lnum, col, coladd]. */ 6199 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST) 6200 { 6201 list_T *l; 6202 int len; 6203 int error = FALSE; 6204 listitem_T *li; 6205 6206 l = varp->vval.v_list; 6207 if (l == NULL) 6208 return NULL; 6209 6210 /* Get the line number */ 6211 pos.lnum = list_find_nr(l, 0L, &error); 6212 if (error || pos.lnum <= 0 || pos.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6213 return NULL; /* invalid line number */ 6214 6215 /* Get the column number */ 6216 pos.col = list_find_nr(l, 1L, &error); 6217 if (error) 6218 return NULL; 6219 len = (long)STRLEN(ml_get(pos.lnum)); 6220 6221 /* We accept "$" for the column number: last column. */ 6222 li = list_find(l, 1L); 6223 if (li != NULL && li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING 6224 && li->li_tv.vval.v_string != NULL 6225 && STRCMP(li->li_tv.vval.v_string, "$") == 0) 6226 pos.col = len + 1; 6227 6228 /* Accept a position up to the NUL after the line. */ 6229 if (pos.col == 0 || (int)pos.col > len + 1) 6230 return NULL; /* invalid column number */ 6231 --pos.col; 6232 6233 /* Get the virtual offset. Defaults to zero. */ 6234 pos.coladd = list_find_nr(l, 2L, &error); 6235 if (error) 6236 pos.coladd = 0; 6237 6238 return &pos; 6239 } 6240 6241 name = tv_get_string_chk(varp); 6242 if (name == NULL) 6243 return NULL; 6244 if (name[0] == '.') /* cursor */ 6245 return &curwin->w_cursor; 6246 if (name[0] == 'v' && name[1] == NUL) /* Visual start */ 6247 { 6248 if (VIsual_active) 6249 return &VIsual; 6250 return &curwin->w_cursor; 6251 } 6252 if (name[0] == '\'') /* mark */ 6253 { 6254 pp = getmark_buf_fnum(curbuf, name[1], FALSE, fnum); 6255 if (pp == NULL || pp == (pos_T *)-1 || pp->lnum <= 0) 6256 return NULL; 6257 return pp; 6258 } 6259 6260 pos.coladd = 0; 6261 6262 if (name[0] == 'w' && dollar_lnum) 6263 { 6264 pos.col = 0; 6265 if (name[1] == '0') /* "w0": first visible line */ 6266 { 6267 update_topline(); 6268 /* In silent Ex mode topline is zero, but that's not a valid line 6269 * number; use one instead. */ 6270 pos.lnum = curwin->w_topline > 0 ? curwin->w_topline : 1; 6271 return &pos; 6272 } 6273 else if (name[1] == '$') /* "w$": last visible line */ 6274 { 6275 validate_botline(); 6276 /* In silent Ex mode botline is zero, return zero then. */ 6277 pos.lnum = curwin->w_botline > 0 ? curwin->w_botline - 1 : 0; 6278 return &pos; 6279 } 6280 } 6281 else if (name[0] == '$') /* last column or line */ 6282 { 6283 if (dollar_lnum) 6284 { 6285 pos.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6286 pos.col = 0; 6287 } 6288 else 6289 { 6290 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6291 pos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6292 } 6293 return &pos; 6294 } 6295 return NULL; 6296 } 6297 6298 /* 6299 * Convert list in "arg" into a position and optional file number. 6300 * When "fnump" is NULL there is no file number, only 3 items. 6301 * Note that the column is passed on as-is, the caller may want to decrement 6302 * it to use 1 for the first column. 6303 * Return FAIL when conversion is not possible, doesn't check the position for 6304 * validity. 6305 */ 6306 int 6307 list2fpos( 6308 typval_T *arg, 6309 pos_T *posp, 6310 int *fnump, 6311 colnr_T *curswantp) 6312 { 6313 list_T *l = arg->vval.v_list; 6314 long i = 0; 6315 long n; 6316 6317 /* List must be: [fnum, lnum, col, coladd, curswant], where "fnum" is only 6318 * there when "fnump" isn't NULL; "coladd" and "curswant" are optional. */ 6319 if (arg->v_type != VAR_LIST 6320 || l == NULL 6321 || l->lv_len < (fnump == NULL ? 2 : 3) 6322 || l->lv_len > (fnump == NULL ? 4 : 5)) 6323 return FAIL; 6324 6325 if (fnump != NULL) 6326 { 6327 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* fnum */ 6328 if (n < 0) 6329 return FAIL; 6330 if (n == 0) 6331 n = curbuf->b_fnum; /* current buffer */ 6332 *fnump = n; 6333 } 6334 6335 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* lnum */ 6336 if (n < 0) 6337 return FAIL; 6338 posp->lnum = n; 6339 6340 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* col */ 6341 if (n < 0) 6342 return FAIL; 6343 posp->col = n; 6344 6345 n = list_find_nr(l, i, NULL); /* off */ 6346 if (n < 0) 6347 posp->coladd = 0; 6348 else 6349 posp->coladd = n; 6350 6351 if (curswantp != NULL) 6352 *curswantp = list_find_nr(l, i + 1, NULL); /* curswant */ 6353 6354 return OK; 6355 } 6356 6357 /* 6358 * Get the length of an environment variable name. 6359 * Advance "arg" to the first character after the name. 6360 * Return 0 for error. 6361 */ 6362 static int 6363 get_env_len(char_u **arg) 6364 { 6365 char_u *p; 6366 int len; 6367 6368 for (p = *arg; vim_isIDc(*p); ++p) 6369 ; 6370 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6371 return 0; 6372 6373 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6374 *arg = p; 6375 return len; 6376 } 6377 6378 /* 6379 * Get the length of the name of a function or internal variable. 6380 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6381 * Return 0 if something is wrong. 6382 */ 6383 int 6384 get_id_len(char_u **arg) 6385 { 6386 char_u *p; 6387 int len; 6388 6389 /* Find the end of the name. */ 6390 for (p = *arg; eval_isnamec(*p); ++p) 6391 { 6392 if (*p == ':') 6393 { 6394 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6395 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. */ 6396 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6397 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, **arg) == NULL) 6398 || len > 1) 6399 break; 6400 } 6401 } 6402 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6403 return 0; 6404 6405 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6406 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6407 6408 return len; 6409 } 6410 6411 /* 6412 * Get the length of the name of a variable or function. 6413 * Only the name is recognized, does not handle ".key" or "[idx]". 6414 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6415 * Return -1 if curly braces expansion failed. 6416 * Return 0 if something else is wrong. 6417 * If the name contains 'magic' {}'s, expand them and return the 6418 * expanded name in an allocated string via 'alias' - caller must free. 6419 */ 6420 int 6421 get_name_len( 6422 char_u **arg, 6423 char_u **alias, 6424 int evaluate, 6425 int verbose) 6426 { 6427 int len; 6428 char_u *p; 6429 char_u *expr_start; 6430 char_u *expr_end; 6431 6432 *alias = NULL; /* default to no alias */ 6433 6434 if ((*arg)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*arg)[1] == KS_EXTRA 6435 && (*arg)[2] == (int)KE_SNR) 6436 { 6437 /* hard coded <SNR>, already translated */ 6438 *arg += 3; 6439 return get_id_len(arg) + 3; 6440 } 6441 len = eval_fname_script(*arg); 6442 if (len > 0) 6443 { 6444 /* literal "<SID>", "s:" or "<SNR>" */ 6445 *arg += len; 6446 } 6447 6448 /* 6449 * Find the end of the name; check for {} construction. 6450 */ 6451 p = find_name_end(*arg, &expr_start, &expr_end, 6452 len > 0 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START); 6453 if (expr_start != NULL) 6454 { 6455 char_u *temp_string; 6456 6457 if (!evaluate) 6458 { 6459 len += (int)(p - *arg); 6460 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6461 return len; 6462 } 6463 6464 /* 6465 * Include any <SID> etc in the expanded string: 6466 * Thus the -len here. 6467 */ 6468 temp_string = make_expanded_name(*arg - len, expr_start, expr_end, p); 6469 if (temp_string == NULL) 6470 return -1; 6471 *alias = temp_string; 6472 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6473 return (int)STRLEN(temp_string); 6474 } 6475 6476 len += get_id_len(arg); 6477 // Only give an error when there is something, otherwise it will be 6478 // reported at a higher level. 6479 if (len == 0 && verbose && **arg != NUL) 6480 semsg(_(e_invexpr2), *arg); 6481 6482 return len; 6483 } 6484 6485 /* 6486 * Find the end of a variable or function name, taking care of magic braces. 6487 * If "expr_start" is not NULL then "expr_start" and "expr_end" are set to the 6488 * start and end of the first magic braces item. 6489 * "flags" can have FNE_INCL_BR and FNE_CHECK_START. 6490 * Return a pointer to just after the name. Equal to "arg" if there is no 6491 * valid name. 6492 */ 6493 char_u * 6494 find_name_end( 6495 char_u *arg, 6496 char_u **expr_start, 6497 char_u **expr_end, 6498 int flags) 6499 { 6500 int mb_nest = 0; 6501 int br_nest = 0; 6502 char_u *p; 6503 int len; 6504 6505 if (expr_start != NULL) 6506 { 6507 *expr_start = NULL; 6508 *expr_end = NULL; 6509 } 6510 6511 /* Quick check for valid starting character. */ 6512 if ((flags & FNE_CHECK_START) && !eval_isnamec1(*arg) && *arg != '{') 6513 return arg; 6514 6515 for (p = arg; *p != NUL 6516 && (eval_isnamec(*p) 6517 || *p == '{' 6518 || ((flags & FNE_INCL_BR) && (*p == '[' || *p == '.')) 6519 || mb_nest != 0 6520 || br_nest != 0); MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6521 { 6522 if (*p == '\'') 6523 { 6524 /* skip over 'string' to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6525 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '\''; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6526 ; 6527 if (*p == NUL) 6528 break; 6529 } 6530 else if (*p == '"') 6531 { 6532 /* skip over "str\"ing" to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6533 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6534 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 6535 ++p; 6536 if (*p == NUL) 6537 break; 6538 } 6539 else if (br_nest == 0 && mb_nest == 0 && *p == ':') 6540 { 6541 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6542 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. But {ns}: is. */ 6543 len = (int)(p - arg); 6544 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, *arg) == NULL) 6545 || (len > 1 && p[-1] != '}')) 6546 break; 6547 } 6548 6549 if (mb_nest == 0) 6550 { 6551 if (*p == '[') 6552 ++br_nest; 6553 else if (*p == ']') 6554 --br_nest; 6555 } 6556 6557 if (br_nest == 0) 6558 { 6559 if (*p == '{') 6560 { 6561 mb_nest++; 6562 if (expr_start != NULL && *expr_start == NULL) 6563 *expr_start = p; 6564 } 6565 else if (*p == '}') 6566 { 6567 mb_nest--; 6568 if (expr_start != NULL && mb_nest == 0 && *expr_end == NULL) 6569 *expr_end = p; 6570 } 6571 } 6572 } 6573 6574 return p; 6575 } 6576 6577 /* 6578 * Expands out the 'magic' {}'s in a variable/function name. 6579 * Note that this can call itself recursively, to deal with 6580 * constructs like foo{bar}{baz}{bam} 6581 * The four pointer arguments point to "foo{expre}ss{ion}bar" 6582 * "in_start" ^ 6583 * "expr_start" ^ 6584 * "expr_end" ^ 6585 * "in_end" ^ 6586 * 6587 * Returns a new allocated string, which the caller must free. 6588 * Returns NULL for failure. 6589 */ 6590 static char_u * 6591 make_expanded_name( 6592 char_u *in_start, 6593 char_u *expr_start, 6594 char_u *expr_end, 6595 char_u *in_end) 6596 { 6597 char_u c1; 6598 char_u *retval = NULL; 6599 char_u *temp_result; 6600 char_u *nextcmd = NULL; 6601 6602 if (expr_end == NULL || in_end == NULL) 6603 return NULL; 6604 *expr_start = NUL; 6605 *expr_end = NUL; 6606 c1 = *in_end; 6607 *in_end = NUL; 6608 6609 temp_result = eval_to_string(expr_start + 1, &nextcmd, FALSE); 6610 if (temp_result != NULL && nextcmd == NULL) 6611 { 6612 retval = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(temp_result) + (expr_start - in_start) 6613 + (in_end - expr_end) + 1)); 6614 if (retval != NULL) 6615 { 6616 STRCPY(retval, in_start); 6617 STRCAT(retval, temp_result); 6618 STRCAT(retval, expr_end + 1); 6619 } 6620 } 6621 vim_free(temp_result); 6622 6623 *in_end = c1; /* put char back for error messages */ 6624 *expr_start = '{'; 6625 *expr_end = '}'; 6626 6627 if (retval != NULL) 6628 { 6629 temp_result = find_name_end(retval, &expr_start, &expr_end, 0); 6630 if (expr_start != NULL) 6631 { 6632 /* Further expansion! */ 6633 temp_result = make_expanded_name(retval, expr_start, 6634 expr_end, temp_result); 6635 vim_free(retval); 6636 retval = temp_result; 6637 } 6638 } 6639 6640 return retval; 6641 } 6642 6643 /* 6644 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used in a variable or function name. 6645 * Does not include '{' or '}' for magic braces. 6646 */ 6647 int 6648 eval_isnamec(int c) 6649 { 6650 return (ASCII_ISALNUM(c) || c == '_' || c == ':' || c == AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 6651 } 6652 6653 /* 6654 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used as the first character in a 6655 * variable or function name (excluding '{' and '}'). 6656 */ 6657 int 6658 eval_isnamec1(int c) 6659 { 6660 return (ASCII_ISALPHA(c) || c == '_'); 6661 } 6662 6663 /* 6664 * Set number v: variable to "val". 6665 */ 6666 void 6667 set_vim_var_nr(int idx, varnumber_T val) 6668 { 6669 vimvars[idx].vv_nr = val; 6670 } 6671 6672 /* 6673 * Get number v: variable value. 6674 */ 6675 varnumber_T 6676 get_vim_var_nr(int idx) 6677 { 6678 return vimvars[idx].vv_nr; 6679 } 6680 6681 /* 6682 * Get string v: variable value. Uses a static buffer, can only be used once. 6683 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 6684 * Never returns NULL; 6685 */ 6686 char_u * 6687 get_vim_var_str(int idx) 6688 { 6689 return tv_get_string(&vimvars[idx].vv_tv); 6690 } 6691 6692 /* 6693 * Get List v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6694 * needed. 6695 */ 6696 list_T * 6697 get_vim_var_list(int idx) 6698 { 6699 return vimvars[idx].vv_list; 6700 } 6701 6702 /* 6703 * Get Dict v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6704 * needed. 6705 */ 6706 dict_T * 6707 get_vim_var_dict(int idx) 6708 { 6709 return vimvars[idx].vv_dict; 6710 } 6711 6712 /* 6713 * Set v:char to character "c". 6714 */ 6715 void 6716 set_vim_var_char(int c) 6717 { 6718 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6719 6720 if (has_mbyte) 6721 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6722 else 6723 { 6724 buf[0] = c; 6725 buf[1] = NUL; 6726 } 6727 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); 6728 } 6729 6730 /* 6731 * Set v:count to "count" and v:count1 to "count1". 6732 * When "set_prevcount" is TRUE first set v:prevcount from v:count. 6733 */ 6734 void 6735 set_vcount( 6736 long count, 6737 long count1, 6738 int set_prevcount) 6739 { 6740 if (set_prevcount) 6741 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6742 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = count; 6743 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = count1; 6744 } 6745 6746 /* 6747 * Save variables that might be changed as a side effect. Used when executing 6748 * a timer callback. 6749 */ 6750 void 6751 save_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6752 { 6753 vvsave->vv_prevcount = vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr; 6754 vvsave->vv_count = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6755 vvsave->vv_count1 = vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr; 6756 } 6757 6758 /* 6759 * Restore variables saved by save_vimvars(). 6760 */ 6761 void 6762 restore_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6763 { 6764 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_prevcount; 6765 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count; 6766 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count1; 6767 } 6768 6769 /* 6770 * Set string v: variable to a copy of "val". 6771 */ 6772 void 6773 set_vim_var_string( 6774 int idx, 6775 char_u *val, 6776 int len) /* length of "val" to use or -1 (whole string) */ 6777 { 6778 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6779 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 6780 if (val == NULL) 6781 vimvars[idx].vv_str = NULL; 6782 else if (len == -1) 6783 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strsave(val); 6784 else 6785 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strnsave(val, len); 6786 } 6787 6788 /* 6789 * Set List v: variable to "val". 6790 */ 6791 void 6792 set_vim_var_list(int idx, list_T *val) 6793 { 6794 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6795 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_LIST; 6796 vimvars[idx].vv_list = val; 6797 if (val != NULL) 6798 ++val->lv_refcount; 6799 } 6800 6801 /* 6802 * Set Dictionary v: variable to "val". 6803 */ 6804 void 6805 set_vim_var_dict(int idx, dict_T *val) 6806 { 6807 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6808 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_DICT; 6809 vimvars[idx].vv_dict = val; 6810 if (val != NULL) 6811 { 6812 ++val->dv_refcount; 6813 dict_set_items_ro(val); 6814 } 6815 } 6816 6817 /* 6818 * Set v:register if needed. 6819 */ 6820 void 6821 set_reg_var(int c) 6822 { 6823 char_u regname; 6824 6825 if (c == 0 || c == ' ') 6826 regname = '"'; 6827 else 6828 regname = c; 6829 /* Avoid free/alloc when the value is already right. */ 6830 if (vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str == NULL || vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str[0] != c) 6831 set_vim_var_string(VV_REG, ®name, 1); 6832 } 6833 6834 /* 6835 * Get or set v:exception. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6836 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6837 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:exception! Does not 6838 * take care of memory allocations. 6839 */ 6840 char_u * 6841 v_exception(char_u *oldval) 6842 { 6843 if (oldval == NULL) 6844 return vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str; 6845 6846 vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str = oldval; 6847 return NULL; 6848 } 6849 6850 /* 6851 * Get or set v:throwpoint. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6852 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6853 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:throwpoint! Does not 6854 * take care of memory allocations. 6855 */ 6856 char_u * 6857 v_throwpoint(char_u *oldval) 6858 { 6859 if (oldval == NULL) 6860 return vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str; 6861 6862 vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str = oldval; 6863 return NULL; 6864 } 6865 6866 /* 6867 * Set v:cmdarg. 6868 * If "eap" != NULL, use "eap" to generate the value and return the old value. 6869 * If "oldarg" != NULL, restore the value to "oldarg" and return NULL. 6870 * Must always be called in pairs! 6871 */ 6872 char_u * 6873 set_cmdarg(exarg_T *eap, char_u *oldarg) 6874 { 6875 char_u *oldval; 6876 char_u *newval; 6877 unsigned len; 6878 6879 oldval = vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str; 6880 if (eap == NULL) 6881 { 6882 vim_free(oldval); 6883 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = oldarg; 6884 return NULL; 6885 } 6886 6887 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6888 len = 6; 6889 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6890 len = 8; 6891 else 6892 len = 0; 6893 6894 if (eap->read_edit) 6895 len += 7; 6896 6897 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6898 len += 10; /* " ++ff=unix" */ 6899 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6900 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_enc) + 7; 6901 if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6902 len += 7 + 4; /* " ++bad=" + "keep" or "drop" */ 6903 6904 newval = alloc(len + 1); 6905 if (newval == NULL) 6906 return NULL; 6907 6908 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6909 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++bin"); 6910 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6911 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++nobin"); 6912 else 6913 *newval = NUL; 6914 6915 if (eap->read_edit) 6916 STRCAT(newval, " ++edit"); 6917 6918 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6919 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++ff=%s", 6920 eap->force_ff == 'u' ? "unix" 6921 : eap->force_ff == 'd' ? "dos" 6922 : "mac"); 6923 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6924 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++enc=%s", 6925 eap->cmd + eap->force_enc); 6926 if (eap->bad_char == BAD_KEEP) 6927 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=keep"); 6928 else if (eap->bad_char == BAD_DROP) 6929 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=drop"); 6930 else if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6931 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=%c", eap->bad_char); 6932 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = newval; 6933 return oldval; 6934 } 6935 6936 /* 6937 * Get the value of internal variable "name". 6938 * Return OK or FAIL. If OK is returned "rettv" must be cleared. 6939 */ 6940 int 6941 get_var_tv( 6942 char_u *name, 6943 int len, /* length of "name" */ 6944 typval_T *rettv, /* NULL when only checking existence */ 6945 dictitem_T **dip, /* non-NULL when typval's dict item is needed */ 6946 int verbose, /* may give error message */ 6947 int no_autoload) /* do not use script autoloading */ 6948 { 6949 int ret = OK; 6950 typval_T *tv = NULL; 6951 dictitem_T *v; 6952 int cc; 6953 6954 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6955 cc = name[len]; 6956 name[len] = NUL; 6957 6958 /* 6959 * Check for user-defined variables. 6960 */ 6961 v = find_var(name, NULL, no_autoload); 6962 if (v != NULL) 6963 { 6964 tv = &v->di_tv; 6965 if (dip != NULL) 6966 *dip = v; 6967 } 6968 6969 if (tv == NULL) 6970 { 6971 if (rettv != NULL && verbose) 6972 semsg(_(e_undefvar), name); 6973 ret = FAIL; 6974 } 6975 else if (rettv != NULL) 6976 copy_tv(tv, rettv); 6977 6978 name[len] = cc; 6979 6980 return ret; 6981 } 6982 6983 /* 6984 * Check if variable "name[len]" is a local variable or an argument. 6985 * If so, "*eval_lavars_used" is set to TRUE. 6986 */ 6987 static void 6988 check_vars(char_u *name, int len) 6989 { 6990 int cc; 6991 char_u *varname; 6992 hashtab_T *ht; 6993 6994 if (eval_lavars_used == NULL) 6995 return; 6996 6997 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6998 cc = name[len]; 6999 name[len] = NUL; 7000 7001 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7002 if (ht == get_funccal_local_ht() || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 7003 { 7004 if (find_var(name, NULL, TRUE) != NULL) 7005 *eval_lavars_used = TRUE; 7006 } 7007 7008 name[len] = cc; 7009 } 7010 7011 /* 7012 * Handle expr[expr], expr[expr:expr] subscript and .name lookup. 7013 * Also handle function call with Funcref variable: func(expr) 7014 * Can all be combined: dict.func(expr)[idx]['func'](expr) 7015 */ 7016 int 7017 handle_subscript( 7018 char_u **arg, 7019 typval_T *rettv, 7020 int evaluate, /* do more than finding the end */ 7021 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 7022 { 7023 int ret = OK; 7024 dict_T *selfdict = NULL; 7025 char_u *s; 7026 int len; 7027 typval_T functv; 7028 7029 while (ret == OK 7030 && (**arg == '[' 7031 || (**arg == '.' && rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 7032 || (**arg == '(' && (!evaluate || rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 7033 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL))) 7034 && !VIM_ISWHITE(*(*arg - 1))) 7035 { 7036 if (**arg == '(') 7037 { 7038 partial_T *pt = NULL; 7039 7040 /* need to copy the funcref so that we can clear rettv */ 7041 if (evaluate) 7042 { 7043 functv = *rettv; 7044 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 7045 7046 /* Invoke the function. Recursive! */ 7047 if (functv.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7048 { 7049 pt = functv.vval.v_partial; 7050 s = partial_name(pt); 7051 } 7052 else 7053 s = functv.vval.v_string; 7054 } 7055 else 7056 s = (char_u *)""; 7057 ret = get_func_tv(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, arg, 7058 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 7059 &len, evaluate, pt, selfdict); 7060 7061 /* Clear the funcref afterwards, so that deleting it while 7062 * evaluating the arguments is possible (see test55). */ 7063 if (evaluate) 7064 clear_tv(&functv); 7065 7066 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately aborting on 7067 * error, or when an interrupt occurred or an exception was thrown 7068 * but not caught. */ 7069 if (aborting()) 7070 { 7071 if (ret == OK) 7072 clear_tv(rettv); 7073 ret = FAIL; 7074 } 7075 dict_unref(selfdict); 7076 selfdict = NULL; 7077 } 7078 else /* **arg == '[' || **arg == '.' */ 7079 { 7080 dict_unref(selfdict); 7081 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 7082 { 7083 selfdict = rettv->vval.v_dict; 7084 if (selfdict != NULL) 7085 ++selfdict->dv_refcount; 7086 } 7087 else 7088 selfdict = NULL; 7089 if (eval_index(arg, rettv, evaluate, verbose) == FAIL) 7090 { 7091 clear_tv(rettv); 7092 ret = FAIL; 7093 } 7094 } 7095 } 7096 7097 /* Turn "dict.Func" into a partial for "Func" bound to "dict". 7098 * Don't do this when "Func" is already a partial that was bound 7099 * explicitly (pt_auto is FALSE). */ 7100 if (selfdict != NULL 7101 && (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 7102 || (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 7103 && (rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_auto 7104 || rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_dict == NULL)))) 7105 selfdict = make_partial(selfdict, rettv); 7106 7107 dict_unref(selfdict); 7108 return ret; 7109 } 7110 7111 /* 7112 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and make it empty (0 or NULL 7113 * value). 7114 */ 7115 typval_T * 7116 alloc_tv(void) 7117 { 7118 return (typval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(typval_T)); 7119 } 7120 7121 /* 7122 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and assign a string to it. 7123 * The string "s" must have been allocated, it is consumed. 7124 * Return NULL for out of memory, the variable otherwise. 7125 */ 7126 static typval_T * 7127 alloc_string_tv(char_u *s) 7128 { 7129 typval_T *rettv; 7130 7131 rettv = alloc_tv(); 7132 if (rettv != NULL) 7133 { 7134 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 7135 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 7136 } 7137 else 7138 vim_free(s); 7139 return rettv; 7140 } 7141 7142 /* 7143 * Free the memory for a variable type-value. 7144 */ 7145 void 7146 free_tv(typval_T *varp) 7147 { 7148 if (varp != NULL) 7149 { 7150 switch (varp->v_type) 7151 { 7152 case VAR_FUNC: 7153 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 7154 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 7155 case VAR_STRING: 7156 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 7157 break; 7158 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7159 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 7160 break; 7161 case VAR_BLOB: 7162 blob_unref(varp->vval.v_blob); 7163 break; 7164 case VAR_LIST: 7165 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 7166 break; 7167 case VAR_DICT: 7168 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 7169 break; 7170 case VAR_JOB: 7171 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7172 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 7173 break; 7174 #endif 7175 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7176 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7177 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 7178 break; 7179 #endif 7180 case VAR_NUMBER: 7181 case VAR_FLOAT: 7182 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7183 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7184 break; 7185 } 7186 vim_free(varp); 7187 } 7188 } 7189 7190 /* 7191 * Free the memory for a variable value and set the value to NULL or 0. 7192 */ 7193 void 7194 clear_tv(typval_T *varp) 7195 { 7196 if (varp != NULL) 7197 { 7198 switch (varp->v_type) 7199 { 7200 case VAR_FUNC: 7201 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 7202 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 7203 case VAR_STRING: 7204 VIM_CLEAR(varp->vval.v_string); 7205 break; 7206 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7207 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 7208 varp->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7209 break; 7210 case VAR_BLOB: 7211 blob_unref(varp->vval.v_blob); 7212 varp->vval.v_blob = NULL; 7213 break; 7214 case VAR_LIST: 7215 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 7216 varp->vval.v_list = NULL; 7217 break; 7218 case VAR_DICT: 7219 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 7220 varp->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7221 break; 7222 case VAR_NUMBER: 7223 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7224 varp->vval.v_number = 0; 7225 break; 7226 case VAR_FLOAT: 7227 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7228 varp->vval.v_float = 0.0; 7229 break; 7230 #endif 7231 case VAR_JOB: 7232 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7233 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 7234 varp->vval.v_job = NULL; 7235 #endif 7236 break; 7237 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7238 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7239 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 7240 varp->vval.v_channel = NULL; 7241 #endif 7242 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7243 break; 7244 } 7245 varp->v_lock = 0; 7246 } 7247 } 7248 7249 /* 7250 * Set the value of a variable to NULL without freeing items. 7251 */ 7252 void 7253 init_tv(typval_T *varp) 7254 { 7255 if (varp != NULL) 7256 vim_memset(varp, 0, sizeof(typval_T)); 7257 } 7258 7259 /* 7260 * Get the number value of a variable. 7261 * If it is a String variable, uses vim_str2nr(). 7262 * For incompatible types, return 0. 7263 * tv_get_number_chk() is similar to tv_get_number(), but informs the 7264 * caller of incompatible types: it sets *denote to TRUE if "denote" 7265 * is not NULL or returns -1 otherwise. 7266 */ 7267 varnumber_T 7268 tv_get_number(typval_T *varp) 7269 { 7270 int error = FALSE; 7271 7272 return tv_get_number_chk(varp, &error); /* return 0L on error */ 7273 } 7274 7275 varnumber_T 7276 tv_get_number_chk(typval_T *varp, int *denote) 7277 { 7278 varnumber_T n = 0L; 7279 7280 switch (varp->v_type) 7281 { 7282 case VAR_NUMBER: 7283 return varp->vval.v_number; 7284 case VAR_FLOAT: 7285 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7286 emsg(_("E805: Using a Float as a Number")); 7287 break; 7288 #endif 7289 case VAR_FUNC: 7290 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7291 emsg(_("E703: Using a Funcref as a Number")); 7292 break; 7293 case VAR_STRING: 7294 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7295 vim_str2nr(varp->vval.v_string, NULL, NULL, 7296 STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 7297 return n; 7298 case VAR_LIST: 7299 emsg(_("E745: Using a List as a Number")); 7300 break; 7301 case VAR_DICT: 7302 emsg(_("E728: Using a Dictionary as a Number")); 7303 break; 7304 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7305 return varp->vval.v_number == VVAL_TRUE ? 1 : 0; 7306 break; 7307 case VAR_JOB: 7308 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7309 emsg(_("E910: Using a Job as a Number")); 7310 break; 7311 #endif 7312 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7313 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7314 emsg(_("E913: Using a Channel as a Number")); 7315 break; 7316 #endif 7317 case VAR_BLOB: 7318 emsg(_("E974: Using a Blob as a Number")); 7319 break; 7320 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7321 internal_error("tv_get_number(UNKNOWN)"); 7322 break; 7323 } 7324 if (denote == NULL) /* useful for values that must be unsigned */ 7325 n = -1; 7326 else 7327 *denote = TRUE; 7328 return n; 7329 } 7330 7331 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7332 float_T 7333 tv_get_float(typval_T *varp) 7334 { 7335 switch (varp->v_type) 7336 { 7337 case VAR_NUMBER: 7338 return (float_T)(varp->vval.v_number); 7339 case VAR_FLOAT: 7340 return varp->vval.v_float; 7341 case VAR_FUNC: 7342 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7343 emsg(_("E891: Using a Funcref as a Float")); 7344 break; 7345 case VAR_STRING: 7346 emsg(_("E892: Using a String as a Float")); 7347 break; 7348 case VAR_LIST: 7349 emsg(_("E893: Using a List as a Float")); 7350 break; 7351 case VAR_DICT: 7352 emsg(_("E894: Using a Dictionary as a Float")); 7353 break; 7354 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7355 emsg(_("E907: Using a special value as a Float")); 7356 break; 7357 case VAR_JOB: 7358 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7359 emsg(_("E911: Using a Job as a Float")); 7360 break; 7361 # endif 7362 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7363 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7364 emsg(_("E914: Using a Channel as a Float")); 7365 break; 7366 # endif 7367 case VAR_BLOB: 7368 emsg(_("E975: Using a Blob as a Float")); 7369 break; 7370 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7371 internal_error("tv_get_float(UNKNOWN)"); 7372 break; 7373 } 7374 return 0; 7375 } 7376 #endif 7377 7378 /* 7379 * Get the string value of a variable. 7380 * If it is a Number variable, the number is converted into a string. 7381 * tv_get_string() uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7382 * tv_get_string_buf() uses a given buffer. 7383 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 7384 * Never returns NULL; 7385 * tv_get_string_chk() and tv_get_string_buf_chk() are similar, but return 7386 * NULL on error. 7387 */ 7388 char_u * 7389 tv_get_string(typval_T *varp) 7390 { 7391 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7392 7393 return tv_get_string_buf(varp, mybuf); 7394 } 7395 7396 char_u * 7397 tv_get_string_buf(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7398 { 7399 char_u *res = tv_get_string_buf_chk(varp, buf); 7400 7401 return res != NULL ? res : (char_u *)""; 7402 } 7403 7404 /* 7405 * Careful: This uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7406 */ 7407 char_u * 7408 tv_get_string_chk(typval_T *varp) 7409 { 7410 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7411 7412 return tv_get_string_buf_chk(varp, mybuf); 7413 } 7414 7415 char_u * 7416 tv_get_string_buf_chk(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7417 { 7418 switch (varp->v_type) 7419 { 7420 case VAR_NUMBER: 7421 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%lld", 7422 (long_long_T)varp->vval.v_number); 7423 return buf; 7424 case VAR_FUNC: 7425 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7426 emsg(_("E729: using Funcref as a String")); 7427 break; 7428 case VAR_LIST: 7429 emsg(_("E730: using List as a String")); 7430 break; 7431 case VAR_DICT: 7432 emsg(_("E731: using Dictionary as a String")); 7433 break; 7434 case VAR_FLOAT: 7435 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7436 emsg(_(e_float_as_string)); 7437 break; 7438 #endif 7439 case VAR_STRING: 7440 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7441 return varp->vval.v_string; 7442 return (char_u *)""; 7443 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7444 STRCPY(buf, get_var_special_name(varp->vval.v_number)); 7445 return buf; 7446 case VAR_BLOB: 7447 emsg(_("E976: using Blob as a String")); 7448 break; 7449 case VAR_JOB: 7450 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7451 { 7452 job_T *job = varp->vval.v_job; 7453 char *status; 7454 7455 if (job == NULL) 7456 return (char_u *)"no process"; 7457 status = job->jv_status == JOB_FAILED ? "fail" 7458 : job->jv_status >= JOB_ENDED ? "dead" 7459 : "run"; 7460 # ifdef UNIX 7461 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7462 "process %ld %s", (long)job->jv_pid, status); 7463 # elif defined(MSWIN) 7464 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7465 "process %ld %s", 7466 (long)job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId, 7467 status); 7468 # else 7469 /* fall-back */ 7470 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "process ? %s", status); 7471 # endif 7472 return buf; 7473 } 7474 #endif 7475 break; 7476 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7477 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7478 { 7479 channel_T *channel = varp->vval.v_channel; 7480 char *status = channel_status(channel, -1); 7481 7482 if (channel == NULL) 7483 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "channel %s", status); 7484 else 7485 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7486 "channel %d %s", channel->ch_id, status); 7487 return buf; 7488 } 7489 #endif 7490 break; 7491 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7492 emsg(_("E908: using an invalid value as a String")); 7493 break; 7494 } 7495 return NULL; 7496 } 7497 7498 /* 7499 * Turn a typeval into a string. Similar to tv_get_string_buf() but uses 7500 * string() on Dict, List, etc. 7501 */ 7502 char_u * 7503 tv_stringify(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7504 { 7505 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST 7506 || varp->v_type == VAR_DICT 7507 || varp->v_type == VAR_FUNC 7508 || varp->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 7509 || varp->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7510 { 7511 typval_T tmp; 7512 7513 f_string(varp, &tmp); 7514 tv_get_string_buf(&tmp, buf); 7515 clear_tv(varp); 7516 *varp = tmp; 7517 return tmp.vval.v_string; 7518 } 7519 return tv_get_string_buf(varp, buf); 7520 } 7521 7522 /* 7523 * Find variable "name" in the list of variables. 7524 * Return a pointer to it if found, NULL if not found. 7525 * Careful: "a:0" variables don't have a name. 7526 * When "htp" is not NULL we are writing to the variable, set "htp" to the 7527 * hashtab_T used. 7528 */ 7529 dictitem_T * 7530 find_var(char_u *name, hashtab_T **htp, int no_autoload) 7531 { 7532 char_u *varname; 7533 hashtab_T *ht; 7534 dictitem_T *ret = NULL; 7535 7536 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7537 if (htp != NULL) 7538 *htp = ht; 7539 if (ht == NULL) 7540 return NULL; 7541 ret = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, varname, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7542 if (ret != NULL) 7543 return ret; 7544 7545 /* Search in parent scope for lambda */ 7546 return find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7547 } 7548 7549 /* 7550 * Find variable "varname" in hashtab "ht" with name "htname". 7551 * Returns NULL if not found. 7552 */ 7553 dictitem_T * 7554 find_var_in_ht( 7555 hashtab_T *ht, 7556 int htname, 7557 char_u *varname, 7558 int no_autoload) 7559 { 7560 hashitem_T *hi; 7561 7562 if (*varname == NUL) 7563 { 7564 /* Must be something like "s:", otherwise "ht" would be NULL. */ 7565 switch (htname) 7566 { 7567 case 's': return &SCRIPT_SV(current_sctx.sc_sid)->sv_var; 7568 case 'g': return &globvars_var; 7569 case 'v': return &vimvars_var; 7570 case 'b': return &curbuf->b_bufvar; 7571 case 'w': return &curwin->w_winvar; 7572 case 't': return &curtab->tp_winvar; 7573 case 'l': return get_funccal_local_var(); 7574 case 'a': return get_funccal_args_var(); 7575 } 7576 return NULL; 7577 } 7578 7579 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7580 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7581 { 7582 /* For global variables we may try auto-loading the script. If it 7583 * worked find the variable again. Don't auto-load a script if it was 7584 * loaded already, otherwise it would be loaded every time when 7585 * checking if a function name is a Funcref variable. */ 7586 if (ht == &globvarht && !no_autoload) 7587 { 7588 /* Note: script_autoload() may make "hi" invalid. It must either 7589 * be obtained again or not used. */ 7590 if (!script_autoload(varname, FALSE) || aborting()) 7591 return NULL; 7592 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7593 } 7594 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7595 return NULL; 7596 } 7597 return HI2DI(hi); 7598 } 7599 7600 /* 7601 * Find the hashtab used for a variable name. 7602 * Return NULL if the name is not valid. 7603 * Set "varname" to the start of name without ':'. 7604 */ 7605 hashtab_T * 7606 find_var_ht(char_u *name, char_u **varname) 7607 { 7608 hashitem_T *hi; 7609 hashtab_T *ht; 7610 7611 if (name[0] == NUL) 7612 return NULL; 7613 if (name[1] != ':') 7614 { 7615 /* The name must not start with a colon or #. */ 7616 if (name[0] == ':' || name[0] == AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7617 return NULL; 7618 *varname = name; 7619 7620 /* "version" is "v:version" in all scopes */ 7621 hi = hash_find(&compat_hashtab, name); 7622 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7623 return &compat_hashtab; 7624 7625 ht = get_funccal_local_ht(); 7626 if (ht == NULL) 7627 return &globvarht; /* global variable */ 7628 return ht; /* local variable */ 7629 } 7630 *varname = name + 2; 7631 if (*name == 'g') /* global variable */ 7632 return &globvarht; 7633 /* There must be no ':' or '#' in the rest of the name, unless g: is used 7634 */ 7635 if (vim_strchr(name + 2, ':') != NULL 7636 || vim_strchr(name + 2, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) != NULL) 7637 return NULL; 7638 if (*name == 'b') /* buffer variable */ 7639 return &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 7640 if (*name == 'w') /* window variable */ 7641 return &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 7642 if (*name == 't') /* tab page variable */ 7643 return &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 7644 if (*name == 'v') /* v: variable */ 7645 return &vimvarht; 7646 if (*name == 'a') /* a: function argument */ 7647 return get_funccal_args_ht(); 7648 if (*name == 'l') /* l: local function variable */ 7649 return get_funccal_local_ht(); 7650 if (*name == 's' /* script variable */ 7651 && current_sctx.sc_sid > 0 && current_sctx.sc_sid <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 7652 return &SCRIPT_VARS(current_sctx.sc_sid); 7653 return NULL; 7654 } 7655 7656 /* 7657 * Get the string value of a (global/local) variable. 7658 * Note: see tv_get_string() for how long the pointer remains valid. 7659 * Returns NULL when it doesn't exist. 7660 */ 7661 char_u * 7662 get_var_value(char_u *name) 7663 { 7664 dictitem_T *v; 7665 7666 v = find_var(name, NULL, FALSE); 7667 if (v == NULL) 7668 return NULL; 7669 return tv_get_string(&v->di_tv); 7670 } 7671 7672 /* 7673 * Allocate a new hashtab for a sourced script. It will be used while 7674 * sourcing this script and when executing functions defined in the script. 7675 */ 7676 void 7677 new_script_vars(scid_T id) 7678 { 7679 int i; 7680 hashtab_T *ht; 7681 scriptvar_T *sv; 7682 7683 if (ga_grow(&ga_scripts, (int)(id - ga_scripts.ga_len)) == OK) 7684 { 7685 /* Re-allocating ga_data means that an ht_array pointing to 7686 * ht_smallarray becomes invalid. We can recognize this: ht_mask is 7687 * at its init value. Also reset "v_dict", it's always the same. */ 7688 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 7689 { 7690 ht = &SCRIPT_VARS(i); 7691 if (ht->ht_mask == HT_INIT_SIZE - 1) 7692 ht->ht_array = ht->ht_smallarray; 7693 sv = SCRIPT_SV(i); 7694 sv->sv_var.di_tv.vval.v_dict = &sv->sv_dict; 7695 } 7696 7697 while (ga_scripts.ga_len < id) 7698 { 7699 sv = SCRIPT_SV(ga_scripts.ga_len + 1) = 7700 (scriptvar_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(scriptvar_T)); 7701 init_var_dict(&sv->sv_dict, &sv->sv_var, VAR_SCOPE); 7702 ++ga_scripts.ga_len; 7703 } 7704 } 7705 } 7706 7707 /* 7708 * Initialize dictionary "dict" as a scope and set variable "dict_var" to 7709 * point to it. 7710 */ 7711 void 7712 init_var_dict(dict_T *dict, dictitem_T *dict_var, int scope) 7713 { 7714 hash_init(&dict->dv_hashtab); 7715 dict->dv_lock = 0; 7716 dict->dv_scope = scope; 7717 dict->dv_refcount = DO_NOT_FREE_CNT; 7718 dict->dv_copyID = 0; 7719 dict_var->di_tv.vval.v_dict = dict; 7720 dict_var->di_tv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 7721 dict_var->di_tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 7722 dict_var->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 7723 dict_var->di_key[0] = NUL; 7724 } 7725 7726 /* 7727 * Unreference a dictionary initialized by init_var_dict(). 7728 */ 7729 void 7730 unref_var_dict(dict_T *dict) 7731 { 7732 /* Now the dict needs to be freed if no one else is using it, go back to 7733 * normal reference counting. */ 7734 dict->dv_refcount -= DO_NOT_FREE_CNT - 1; 7735 dict_unref(dict); 7736 } 7737 7738 /* 7739 * Clean up a list of internal variables. 7740 * Frees all allocated variables and the value they contain. 7741 * Clears hashtab "ht", does not free it. 7742 */ 7743 void 7744 vars_clear(hashtab_T *ht) 7745 { 7746 vars_clear_ext(ht, TRUE); 7747 } 7748 7749 /* 7750 * Like vars_clear(), but only free the value if "free_val" is TRUE. 7751 */ 7752 void 7753 vars_clear_ext(hashtab_T *ht, int free_val) 7754 { 7755 int todo; 7756 hashitem_T *hi; 7757 dictitem_T *v; 7758 7759 hash_lock(ht); 7760 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 7761 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 7762 { 7763 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7764 { 7765 --todo; 7766 7767 /* Free the variable. Don't remove it from the hashtab, 7768 * ht_array might change then. hash_clear() takes care of it 7769 * later. */ 7770 v = HI2DI(hi); 7771 if (free_val) 7772 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7773 if (v->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_ALLOC) 7774 vim_free(v); 7775 } 7776 } 7777 hash_clear(ht); 7778 ht->ht_used = 0; 7779 } 7780 7781 /* 7782 * Delete a variable from hashtab "ht" at item "hi". 7783 * Clear the variable value and free the dictitem. 7784 */ 7785 static void 7786 delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi) 7787 { 7788 dictitem_T *di = HI2DI(hi); 7789 7790 hash_remove(ht, hi); 7791 clear_tv(&di->di_tv); 7792 vim_free(di); 7793 } 7794 7795 /* 7796 * List the value of one internal variable. 7797 */ 7798 static void 7799 list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char *prefix, int *first) 7800 { 7801 char_u *tofree; 7802 char_u *s; 7803 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7804 7805 s = echo_string(&v->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 7806 list_one_var_a(prefix, v->di_key, v->di_tv.v_type, 7807 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, first); 7808 vim_free(tofree); 7809 } 7810 7811 static void 7812 list_one_var_a( 7813 char *prefix, 7814 char_u *name, 7815 int type, 7816 char_u *string, 7817 int *first) /* when TRUE clear rest of screen and set to FALSE */ 7818 { 7819 /* don't use msg() or msg_attr() to avoid overwriting "v:statusmsg" */ 7820 msg_start(); 7821 msg_puts(prefix); 7822 if (name != NULL) /* "a:" vars don't have a name stored */ 7823 msg_puts((char *)name); 7824 msg_putchar(' '); 7825 msg_advance(22); 7826 if (type == VAR_NUMBER) 7827 msg_putchar('#'); 7828 else if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7829 msg_putchar('*'); 7830 else if (type == VAR_LIST) 7831 { 7832 msg_putchar('['); 7833 if (*string == '[') 7834 ++string; 7835 } 7836 else if (type == VAR_DICT) 7837 { 7838 msg_putchar('{'); 7839 if (*string == '{') 7840 ++string; 7841 } 7842 else 7843 msg_putchar(' '); 7844 7845 msg_outtrans(string); 7846 7847 if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7848 msg_puts("()"); 7849 if (*first) 7850 { 7851 msg_clr_eos(); 7852 *first = FALSE; 7853 } 7854 } 7855 7856 /* 7857 * Set variable "name" to value in "tv". 7858 * If the variable already exists, the value is updated. 7859 * Otherwise the variable is created. 7860 */ 7861 void 7862 set_var( 7863 char_u *name, 7864 typval_T *tv, 7865 int copy) /* make copy of value in "tv" */ 7866 { 7867 dictitem_T *v; 7868 char_u *varname; 7869 hashtab_T *ht; 7870 7871 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7872 if (ht == NULL || *varname == NUL) 7873 { 7874 semsg(_(e_illvar), name); 7875 return; 7876 } 7877 v = find_var_in_ht(ht, 0, varname, TRUE); 7878 7879 /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */ 7880 if (v == NULL) 7881 v = find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, TRUE); 7882 7883 if ((tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7884 && var_check_func_name(name, v == NULL)) 7885 return; 7886 7887 if (v != NULL) 7888 { 7889 /* existing variable, need to clear the value */ 7890 if (var_check_ro(v->di_flags, name, FALSE) 7891 || var_check_lock(v->di_tv.v_lock, name, FALSE)) 7892 return; 7893 7894 /* 7895 * Handle setting internal v: variables separately where needed to 7896 * prevent changing the type. 7897 */ 7898 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7899 { 7900 if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 7901 { 7902 VIM_CLEAR(v->di_tv.vval.v_string); 7903 if (copy || tv->v_type != VAR_STRING) 7904 { 7905 char_u *val = tv_get_string(tv); 7906 7907 // Careful: when assigning to v:errmsg and tv_get_string() 7908 // causes an error message the variable will alrady be set. 7909 if (v->di_tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 7910 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(val); 7911 } 7912 else 7913 { 7914 /* Take over the string to avoid an extra alloc/free. */ 7915 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = tv->vval.v_string; 7916 tv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7917 } 7918 return; 7919 } 7920 else if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 7921 { 7922 v->di_tv.vval.v_number = tv_get_number(tv); 7923 if (STRCMP(varname, "searchforward") == 0) 7924 set_search_direction(v->di_tv.vval.v_number ? '/' : '?'); 7925 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7926 else if (STRCMP(varname, "hlsearch") == 0) 7927 { 7928 no_hlsearch = !v->di_tv.vval.v_number; 7929 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7930 } 7931 #endif 7932 return; 7933 } 7934 else if (v->di_tv.v_type != tv->v_type) 7935 { 7936 semsg(_("E963: setting %s to value with wrong type"), name); 7937 return; 7938 } 7939 } 7940 7941 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7942 } 7943 else /* add a new variable */ 7944 { 7945 // Can't add "v:" or "a:" variable. 7946 if (ht == &vimvarht || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 7947 { 7948 semsg(_(e_illvar), name); 7949 return; 7950 } 7951 7952 // Make sure the variable name is valid. 7953 if (!valid_varname(varname)) 7954 return; 7955 7956 v = (dictitem_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(dictitem_T) 7957 + STRLEN(varname))); 7958 if (v == NULL) 7959 return; 7960 STRCPY(v->di_key, varname); 7961 if (hash_add(ht, DI2HIKEY(v)) == FAIL) 7962 { 7963 vim_free(v); 7964 return; 7965 } 7966 v->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_ALLOC; 7967 } 7968 7969 if (copy || tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7970 copy_tv(tv, &v->di_tv); 7971 else 7972 { 7973 v->di_tv = *tv; 7974 v->di_tv.v_lock = 0; 7975 init_tv(tv); 7976 } 7977 } 7978 7979 /* 7980 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is read-only. 7981 * Also give an error message. 7982 */ 7983 int 7984 var_check_ro(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7985 { 7986 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_RO) 7987 { 7988 semsg(_(e_readonlyvar), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7989 return TRUE; 7990 } 7991 if ((flags & DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX) && sandbox) 7992 { 7993 semsg(_(e_readonlysbx), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7994 return TRUE; 7995 } 7996 return FALSE; 7997 } 7998 7999 /* 8000 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is fixed. 8001 * Also give an error message. 8002 */ 8003 int 8004 var_check_fixed(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 8005 { 8006 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 8007 { 8008 semsg(_("E795: Cannot delete variable %s"), 8009 use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 8010 return TRUE; 8011 } 8012 return FALSE; 8013 } 8014 8015 /* 8016 * Check if a funcref is assigned to a valid variable name. 8017 * Return TRUE and give an error if not. 8018 */ 8019 int 8020 var_check_func_name( 8021 char_u *name, /* points to start of variable name */ 8022 int new_var) /* TRUE when creating the variable */ 8023 { 8024 /* Allow for w: b: s: and t:. */ 8025 if (!(vim_strchr((char_u *)"wbst", name[0]) != NULL && name[1] == ':') 8026 && !ASCII_ISUPPER((name[0] != NUL && name[1] == ':') 8027 ? name[2] : name[0])) 8028 { 8029 semsg(_("E704: Funcref variable name must start with a capital: %s"), 8030 name); 8031 return TRUE; 8032 } 8033 /* Don't allow hiding a function. When "v" is not NULL we might be 8034 * assigning another function to the same var, the type is checked 8035 * below. */ 8036 if (new_var && function_exists(name, FALSE)) 8037 { 8038 semsg(_("E705: Variable name conflicts with existing function: %s"), 8039 name); 8040 return TRUE; 8041 } 8042 return FALSE; 8043 } 8044 8045 /* 8046 * Return TRUE if "flags" indicates variable "name" is locked (immutable). 8047 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 8048 * TRUE. 8049 */ 8050 int 8051 var_check_lock(int lock, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 8052 { 8053 if (lock & VAR_LOCKED) 8054 { 8055 semsg(_("E741: Value is locked: %s"), 8056 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 8057 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 8058 : name); 8059 return TRUE; 8060 } 8061 if (lock & VAR_FIXED) 8062 { 8063 semsg(_("E742: Cannot change value of %s"), 8064 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 8065 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 8066 : name); 8067 return TRUE; 8068 } 8069 return FALSE; 8070 } 8071 8072 /* 8073 * Return TRUE if typeval "tv" and its value are set to be locked (immutable). 8074 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 8075 * TRUE. 8076 */ 8077 static int 8078 tv_check_lock(typval_T *tv, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 8079 { 8080 int lock = 0; 8081 8082 switch (tv->v_type) 8083 { 8084 case VAR_BLOB: 8085 if (tv->vval.v_blob != NULL) 8086 lock = tv->vval.v_blob->bv_lock; 8087 break; 8088 case VAR_LIST: 8089 if (tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 8090 lock = tv->vval.v_list->lv_lock; 8091 break; 8092 case VAR_DICT: 8093 if (tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) 8094 lock = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock; 8095 break; 8096 default: 8097 break; 8098 } 8099 return var_check_lock(tv->v_lock, name, use_gettext) 8100 || (lock != 0 && var_check_lock(lock, name, use_gettext)); 8101 } 8102 8103 /* 8104 * Check if a variable name is valid. 8105 * Return FALSE and give an error if not. 8106 */ 8107 int 8108 valid_varname(char_u *varname) 8109 { 8110 char_u *p; 8111 8112 for (p = varname; *p != NUL; ++p) 8113 if (!eval_isnamec1(*p) && (p == varname || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 8114 && *p != AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 8115 { 8116 semsg(_(e_illvar), varname); 8117 return FALSE; 8118 } 8119 return TRUE; 8120 } 8121 8122 /* 8123 * Copy the values from typval_T "from" to typval_T "to". 8124 * When needed allocates string or increases reference count. 8125 * Does not make a copy of a list, blob or dict but copies the reference! 8126 * It is OK for "from" and "to" to point to the same item. This is used to 8127 * make a copy later. 8128 */ 8129 void 8130 copy_tv(typval_T *from, typval_T *to) 8131 { 8132 to->v_type = from->v_type; 8133 to->v_lock = 0; 8134 switch (from->v_type) 8135 { 8136 case VAR_NUMBER: 8137 case VAR_SPECIAL: 8138 to->vval.v_number = from->vval.v_number; 8139 break; 8140 case VAR_FLOAT: 8141 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8142 to->vval.v_float = from->vval.v_float; 8143 break; 8144 #endif 8145 case VAR_JOB: 8146 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 8147 to->vval.v_job = from->vval.v_job; 8148 if (to->vval.v_job != NULL) 8149 ++to->vval.v_job->jv_refcount; 8150 break; 8151 #endif 8152 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8153 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 8154 to->vval.v_channel = from->vval.v_channel; 8155 if (to->vval.v_channel != NULL) 8156 ++to->vval.v_channel->ch_refcount; 8157 break; 8158 #endif 8159 case VAR_STRING: 8160 case VAR_FUNC: 8161 if (from->vval.v_string == NULL) 8162 to->vval.v_string = NULL; 8163 else 8164 { 8165 to->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(from->vval.v_string); 8166 if (from->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 8167 func_ref(to->vval.v_string); 8168 } 8169 break; 8170 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8171 if (from->vval.v_partial == NULL) 8172 to->vval.v_partial = NULL; 8173 else 8174 { 8175 to->vval.v_partial = from->vval.v_partial; 8176 ++to->vval.v_partial->pt_refcount; 8177 } 8178 break; 8179 case VAR_BLOB: 8180 if (from->vval.v_blob == NULL) 8181 to->vval.v_blob = NULL; 8182 else 8183 { 8184 to->vval.v_blob = from->vval.v_blob; 8185 ++to->vval.v_blob->bv_refcount; 8186 } 8187 break; 8188 case VAR_LIST: 8189 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 8190 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 8191 else 8192 { 8193 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list; 8194 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 8195 } 8196 break; 8197 case VAR_DICT: 8198 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8199 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 8200 else 8201 { 8202 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict; 8203 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 8204 } 8205 break; 8206 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8207 internal_error("copy_tv(UNKNOWN)"); 8208 break; 8209 } 8210 } 8211 8212 /* 8213 * Make a copy of an item. 8214 * Lists and Dictionaries are also copied. A deep copy if "deep" is set. 8215 * For deepcopy() "copyID" is zero for a full copy or the ID for when a 8216 * reference to an already copied list/dict can be used. 8217 * Returns FAIL or OK. 8218 */ 8219 int 8220 item_copy( 8221 typval_T *from, 8222 typval_T *to, 8223 int deep, 8224 int copyID) 8225 { 8226 static int recurse = 0; 8227 int ret = OK; 8228 8229 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 8230 { 8231 emsg(_("E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy")); 8232 return FAIL; 8233 } 8234 ++recurse; 8235 8236 switch (from->v_type) 8237 { 8238 case VAR_NUMBER: 8239 case VAR_FLOAT: 8240 case VAR_STRING: 8241 case VAR_FUNC: 8242 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8243 case VAR_SPECIAL: 8244 case VAR_JOB: 8245 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8246 copy_tv(from, to); 8247 break; 8248 case VAR_LIST: 8249 to->v_type = VAR_LIST; 8250 to->v_lock = 0; 8251 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 8252 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 8253 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID) 8254 { 8255 /* use the copy made earlier */ 8256 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list->lv_copylist; 8257 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 8258 } 8259 else 8260 to->vval.v_list = list_copy(from->vval.v_list, deep, copyID); 8261 if (to->vval.v_list == NULL) 8262 ret = FAIL; 8263 break; 8264 case VAR_BLOB: 8265 ret = blob_copy(from, to); 8266 break; 8267 case VAR_DICT: 8268 to->v_type = VAR_DICT; 8269 to->v_lock = 0; 8270 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8271 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 8272 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID) 8273 { 8274 /* use the copy made earlier */ 8275 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict->dv_copydict; 8276 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 8277 } 8278 else 8279 to->vval.v_dict = dict_copy(from->vval.v_dict, deep, copyID); 8280 if (to->vval.v_dict == NULL) 8281 ret = FAIL; 8282 break; 8283 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8284 internal_error("item_copy(UNKNOWN)"); 8285 ret = FAIL; 8286 } 8287 --recurse; 8288 return ret; 8289 } 8290 8291 /* 8292 * This function is used by f_input() and f_inputdialog() functions. The third 8293 * argument to f_input() specifies the type of completion to use at the 8294 * prompt. The third argument to f_inputdialog() specifies the value to return 8295 * when the user cancels the prompt. 8296 */ 8297 void 8298 get_user_input( 8299 typval_T *argvars, 8300 typval_T *rettv, 8301 int inputdialog, 8302 int secret) 8303 { 8304 char_u *prompt = tv_get_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 8305 char_u *p = NULL; 8306 int c; 8307 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8308 int cmd_silent_save = cmd_silent; 8309 char_u *defstr = (char_u *)""; 8310 int xp_type = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8311 char_u *xp_arg = NULL; 8312 8313 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8314 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8315 8316 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT 8317 /* While starting up, there is no place to enter text. When running tests 8318 * with --not-a-term we assume feedkeys() will be used. */ 8319 if (no_console_input() && !is_not_a_term()) 8320 return; 8321 #endif 8322 8323 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* Want to see the prompt. */ 8324 if (prompt != NULL) 8325 { 8326 /* Only the part of the message after the last NL is considered as 8327 * prompt for the command line */ 8328 p = vim_strrchr(prompt, '\n'); 8329 if (p == NULL) 8330 p = prompt; 8331 else 8332 { 8333 ++p; 8334 c = *p; 8335 *p = NUL; 8336 msg_start(); 8337 msg_clr_eos(); 8338 msg_puts_attr((char *)prompt, echo_attr); 8339 msg_didout = FALSE; 8340 msg_starthere(); 8341 *p = c; 8342 } 8343 cmdline_row = msg_row; 8344 8345 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8346 { 8347 defstr = tv_get_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 8348 if (defstr != NULL) 8349 stuffReadbuffSpec(defstr); 8350 8351 if (!inputdialog && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8352 { 8353 char_u *xp_name; 8354 int xp_namelen; 8355 long argt; 8356 8357 /* input() with a third argument: completion */ 8358 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8359 8360 xp_name = tv_get_string_buf_chk(&argvars[2], buf); 8361 if (xp_name == NULL) 8362 return; 8363 8364 xp_namelen = (int)STRLEN(xp_name); 8365 8366 if (parse_compl_arg(xp_name, xp_namelen, &xp_type, &argt, 8367 &xp_arg) == FAIL) 8368 return; 8369 } 8370 } 8371 8372 if (defstr != NULL) 8373 { 8374 int save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy; 8375 8376 ex_normal_busy = 0; 8377 rettv->vval.v_string = 8378 getcmdline_prompt(secret ? NUL : '@', p, echo_attr, 8379 xp_type, xp_arg); 8380 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy; 8381 } 8382 if (inputdialog && rettv->vval.v_string == NULL 8383 && argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 8384 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8385 rettv->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(tv_get_string_buf( 8386 &argvars[2], buf)); 8387 8388 vim_free(xp_arg); 8389 8390 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ 8391 need_wait_return = FALSE; 8392 msg_didout = FALSE; 8393 } 8394 cmd_silent = cmd_silent_save; 8395 } 8396 8397 /* 8398 * ":echo expr1 ..." print each argument separated with a space, add a 8399 * newline at the end. 8400 * ":echon expr1 ..." print each argument plain. 8401 */ 8402 void 8403 ex_echo(exarg_T *eap) 8404 { 8405 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8406 typval_T rettv; 8407 char_u *tofree; 8408 char_u *p; 8409 int needclr = TRUE; 8410 int atstart = TRUE; 8411 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8412 int did_emsg_before = did_emsg; 8413 int called_emsg_before = called_emsg; 8414 8415 if (eap->skip) 8416 ++emsg_skip; 8417 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n' && !got_int) 8418 { 8419 /* If eval1() causes an error message the text from the command may 8420 * still need to be cleared. E.g., "echo 22,44". */ 8421 need_clr_eos = needclr; 8422 8423 p = arg; 8424 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8425 { 8426 /* 8427 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8428 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8429 * exception. 8430 */ 8431 if (!aborting() && did_emsg == did_emsg_before 8432 && called_emsg == called_emsg_before) 8433 semsg(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8434 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8435 break; 8436 } 8437 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8438 8439 if (!eap->skip) 8440 { 8441 if (atstart) 8442 { 8443 atstart = FALSE; 8444 /* Call msg_start() after eval1(), evaluating the expression 8445 * may cause a message to appear. */ 8446 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8447 { 8448 /* Mark the saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8449 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back 8450 * at the more prompt. */ 8451 msg_sb_eol(); 8452 msg_start(); 8453 } 8454 } 8455 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8456 msg_puts_attr(" ", echo_attr); 8457 p = echo_string(&rettv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 8458 if (p != NULL) 8459 for ( ; *p != NUL && !got_int; ++p) 8460 { 8461 if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r' || *p == TAB) 8462 { 8463 if (*p != TAB && needclr) 8464 { 8465 /* remove any text still there from the command */ 8466 msg_clr_eos(); 8467 needclr = FALSE; 8468 } 8469 msg_putchar_attr(*p, echo_attr); 8470 } 8471 else 8472 { 8473 if (has_mbyte) 8474 { 8475 int i = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 8476 8477 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, i, echo_attr); 8478 p += i - 1; 8479 } 8480 else 8481 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, 1, echo_attr); 8482 } 8483 } 8484 vim_free(tofree); 8485 } 8486 clear_tv(&rettv); 8487 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8488 } 8489 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8490 8491 if (eap->skip) 8492 --emsg_skip; 8493 else 8494 { 8495 /* remove text that may still be there from the command */ 8496 if (needclr) 8497 msg_clr_eos(); 8498 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8499 msg_end(); 8500 } 8501 } 8502 8503 /* 8504 * ":echohl {name}". 8505 */ 8506 void 8507 ex_echohl(exarg_T *eap) 8508 { 8509 echo_attr = syn_name2attr(eap->arg); 8510 } 8511 8512 /* 8513 * ":execute expr1 ..." execute the result of an expression. 8514 * ":echomsg expr1 ..." Print a message 8515 * ":echoerr expr1 ..." Print an error 8516 * Each gets spaces around each argument and a newline at the end for 8517 * echo commands 8518 */ 8519 void 8520 ex_execute(exarg_T *eap) 8521 { 8522 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8523 typval_T rettv; 8524 int ret = OK; 8525 char_u *p; 8526 garray_T ga; 8527 int len; 8528 int save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8529 8530 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 80); 8531 8532 if (eap->skip) 8533 ++emsg_skip; 8534 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n') 8535 { 8536 p = arg; 8537 ret = eval1_emsg(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip); 8538 if (ret == FAIL) 8539 break; 8540 8541 if (!eap->skip) 8542 { 8543 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8544 8545 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8546 p = tv_get_string_buf(&rettv, buf); 8547 else 8548 p = tv_stringify(&rettv, buf); 8549 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 8550 if (ga_grow(&ga, len + 2) == FAIL) 8551 { 8552 clear_tv(&rettv); 8553 ret = FAIL; 8554 break; 8555 } 8556 if (ga.ga_len) 8557 ((char_u *)(ga.ga_data))[ga.ga_len++] = ' '; 8558 STRCPY((char_u *)(ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len, p); 8559 ga.ga_len += len; 8560 } 8561 8562 clear_tv(&rettv); 8563 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8564 } 8565 8566 if (ret != FAIL && ga.ga_data != NULL) 8567 { 8568 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg || eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8569 { 8570 /* Mark the already saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8571 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back at the 8572 * more prompt. */ 8573 msg_sb_eol(); 8574 } 8575 8576 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg) 8577 { 8578 msg_attr(ga.ga_data, echo_attr); 8579 out_flush(); 8580 } 8581 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8582 { 8583 /* We don't want to abort following commands, restore did_emsg. */ 8584 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8585 emsg(ga.ga_data); 8586 if (!force_abort) 8587 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 8588 } 8589 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8590 do_cmdline((char_u *)ga.ga_data, 8591 eap->getline, eap->cookie, DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_VERBOSE); 8592 } 8593 8594 ga_clear(&ga); 8595 8596 if (eap->skip) 8597 --emsg_skip; 8598 8599 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8600 } 8601 8602 /* 8603 * Find window specified by "vp" in tabpage "tp". 8604 */ 8605 win_T * 8606 find_win_by_nr( 8607 typval_T *vp, 8608 tabpage_T *tp) /* NULL for current tab page */ 8609 { 8610 win_T *wp; 8611 int nr = (int)tv_get_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8612 8613 if (nr < 0) 8614 return NULL; 8615 if (nr == 0) 8616 return curwin; 8617 8618 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp) 8619 { 8620 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8621 { 8622 if (wp->w_id == nr) 8623 return wp; 8624 } 8625 else if (--nr <= 0) 8626 break; 8627 } 8628 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8629 return NULL; 8630 return wp; 8631 } 8632 8633 /* 8634 * Find a window: When using a Window ID in any tab page, when using a number 8635 * in the current tab page. 8636 */ 8637 win_T * 8638 find_win_by_nr_or_id(typval_T *vp) 8639 { 8640 int nr = (int)tv_get_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8641 8642 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8643 return win_id2wp(tv_get_number(vp)); 8644 return find_win_by_nr(vp, NULL); 8645 } 8646 8647 /* 8648 * Find window specified by "wvp" in tabpage "tvp". 8649 */ 8650 win_T * 8651 find_tabwin( 8652 typval_T *wvp, /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current window */ 8653 typval_T *tvp) /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current tab page */ 8654 { 8655 win_T *wp = NULL; 8656 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8657 long n; 8658 8659 if (wvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8660 { 8661 if (tvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8662 { 8663 n = (long)tv_get_number(tvp); 8664 if (n >= 0) 8665 tp = find_tabpage(n); 8666 } 8667 else 8668 tp = curtab; 8669 8670 if (tp != NULL) 8671 wp = find_win_by_nr(wvp, tp); 8672 } 8673 else 8674 wp = curwin; 8675 8676 return wp; 8677 } 8678 8679 /* 8680 * getwinvar() and gettabwinvar() 8681 */ 8682 void 8683 getwinvar( 8684 typval_T *argvars, 8685 typval_T *rettv, 8686 int off) /* 1 for gettabwinvar() */ 8687 { 8688 win_T *win; 8689 char_u *varname; 8690 dictitem_T *v; 8691 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8692 int done = FALSE; 8693 win_T *oldcurwin; 8694 tabpage_T *oldtabpage; 8695 int need_switch_win; 8696 8697 if (off == 1) 8698 tp = find_tabpage((int)tv_get_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8699 else 8700 tp = curtab; 8701 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8702 varname = tv_get_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8703 ++emsg_off; 8704 8705 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8706 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8707 8708 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL) 8709 { 8710 /* Set curwin to be our win, temporarily. Also set the tabpage, 8711 * otherwise the window is not valid. Only do this when needed, 8712 * autocommands get blocked. */ 8713 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8714 if (!need_switch_win 8715 || switch_win(&oldcurwin, &oldtabpage, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8716 { 8717 if (*varname == '&') 8718 { 8719 if (varname[1] == NUL) 8720 { 8721 /* get all window-local options in a dict */ 8722 dict_T *opts = get_winbuf_options(FALSE); 8723 8724 if (opts != NULL) 8725 { 8726 rettv_dict_set(rettv, opts); 8727 done = TRUE; 8728 } 8729 } 8730 else if (get_option_tv(&varname, rettv, 1) == OK) 8731 /* window-local-option */ 8732 done = TRUE; 8733 } 8734 else 8735 { 8736 /* Look up the variable. */ 8737 /* Let getwinvar({nr}, "") return the "w:" dictionary. */ 8738 v = find_var_in_ht(&win->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 'w', 8739 varname, FALSE); 8740 if (v != NULL) 8741 { 8742 copy_tv(&v->di_tv, rettv); 8743 done = TRUE; 8744 } 8745 } 8746 } 8747 8748 if (need_switch_win) 8749 /* restore previous notion of curwin */ 8750 restore_win(oldcurwin, oldtabpage, TRUE); 8751 } 8752 8753 if (!done && argvars[off + 2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8754 /* use the default return value */ 8755 copy_tv(&argvars[off + 2], rettv); 8756 8757 --emsg_off; 8758 } 8759 8760 /* 8761 * "setwinvar()" and "settabwinvar()" functions 8762 */ 8763 void 8764 setwinvar(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv UNUSED, int off) 8765 { 8766 win_T *win; 8767 win_T *save_curwin; 8768 tabpage_T *save_curtab; 8769 int need_switch_win; 8770 char_u *varname, *winvarname; 8771 typval_T *varp; 8772 char_u nbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8773 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8774 8775 if (check_secure()) 8776 return; 8777 8778 if (off == 1) 8779 tp = find_tabpage((int)tv_get_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8780 else 8781 tp = curtab; 8782 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8783 varname = tv_get_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8784 varp = &argvars[off + 2]; 8785 8786 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL && varp != NULL) 8787 { 8788 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8789 if (!need_switch_win 8790 || switch_win(&save_curwin, &save_curtab, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8791 { 8792 if (*varname == '&') 8793 { 8794 long numval; 8795 char_u *strval; 8796 int error = FALSE; 8797 8798 ++varname; 8799 numval = (long)tv_get_number_chk(varp, &error); 8800 strval = tv_get_string_buf_chk(varp, nbuf); 8801 if (!error && strval != NULL) 8802 set_option_value(varname, numval, strval, OPT_LOCAL); 8803 } 8804 else 8805 { 8806 winvarname = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(varname) + 3); 8807 if (winvarname != NULL) 8808 { 8809 STRCPY(winvarname, "w:"); 8810 STRCPY(winvarname + 2, varname); 8811 set_var(winvarname, varp, TRUE); 8812 vim_free(winvarname); 8813 } 8814 } 8815 } 8816 if (need_switch_win) 8817 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, TRUE); 8818 } 8819 } 8820 8821 /* 8822 * Skip over the name of an option: "&option", "&g:option" or "&l:option". 8823 * "arg" points to the "&" or '+' when called, to "option" when returning. 8824 * Returns NULL when no option name found. Otherwise pointer to the char 8825 * after the option name. 8826 */ 8827 static char_u * 8828 find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags) 8829 { 8830 char_u *p = *arg; 8831 8832 ++p; 8833 if (*p == 'g' && p[1] == ':') 8834 { 8835 *opt_flags = OPT_GLOBAL; 8836 p += 2; 8837 } 8838 else if (*p == 'l' && p[1] == ':') 8839 { 8840 *opt_flags = OPT_LOCAL; 8841 p += 2; 8842 } 8843 else 8844 *opt_flags = 0; 8845 8846 if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8847 return NULL; 8848 *arg = p; 8849 8850 if (p[0] == 't' && p[1] == '_' && p[2] != NUL && p[3] != NUL) 8851 p += 4; /* termcap option */ 8852 else 8853 while (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8854 ++p; 8855 return p; 8856 } 8857 8858 /* 8859 * Return the autoload script name for a function or variable name. 8860 * Returns NULL when out of memory. 8861 */ 8862 char_u * 8863 autoload_name(char_u *name) 8864 { 8865 char_u *p; 8866 char_u *scriptname; 8867 8868 /* Get the script file name: replace '#' with '/', append ".vim". */ 8869 scriptname = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 14)); 8870 if (scriptname == NULL) 8871 return FALSE; 8872 STRCPY(scriptname, "autoload/"); 8873 STRCAT(scriptname, name); 8874 *vim_strrchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) = NUL; 8875 STRCAT(scriptname, ".vim"); 8876 while ((p = vim_strchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR)) != NULL) 8877 *p = '/'; 8878 return scriptname; 8879 } 8880 8881 /* 8882 * If "name" has a package name try autoloading the script for it. 8883 * Return TRUE if a package was loaded. 8884 */ 8885 int 8886 script_autoload( 8887 char_u *name, 8888 int reload) /* load script again when already loaded */ 8889 { 8890 char_u *p; 8891 char_u *scriptname, *tofree; 8892 int ret = FALSE; 8893 int i; 8894 8895 /* If there is no '#' after name[0] there is no package name. */ 8896 p = vim_strchr(name, AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 8897 if (p == NULL || p == name) 8898 return FALSE; 8899 8900 tofree = scriptname = autoload_name(name); 8901 8902 /* Find the name in the list of previously loaded package names. Skip 8903 * "autoload/", it's always the same. */ 8904 for (i = 0; i < ga_loaded.ga_len; ++i) 8905 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[i] + 9, scriptname + 9) == 0) 8906 break; 8907 if (!reload && i < ga_loaded.ga_len) 8908 ret = FALSE; /* was loaded already */ 8909 else 8910 { 8911 /* Remember the name if it wasn't loaded already. */ 8912 if (i == ga_loaded.ga_len && ga_grow(&ga_loaded, 1) == OK) 8913 { 8914 ((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[ga_loaded.ga_len++] = scriptname; 8915 tofree = NULL; 8916 } 8917 8918 /* Try loading the package from $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/<name>.vim */ 8919 if (source_runtime(scriptname, 0) == OK) 8920 ret = TRUE; 8921 } 8922 8923 vim_free(tofree); 8924 return ret; 8925 } 8926 8927 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(FEAT_SESSION) 8928 typedef enum 8929 { 8930 VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT, /* doesn't start with uppercase */ 8931 VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION, /* starts with uppercase, some lower */ 8932 VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO /* all uppercase */ 8933 } var_flavour_T; 8934 8935 static var_flavour_T 8936 var_flavour(char_u *varname) 8937 { 8938 char_u *p = varname; 8939 8940 if (ASCII_ISUPPER(*p)) 8941 { 8942 while (*(++p)) 8943 if (ASCII_ISLOWER(*p)) 8944 return VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION; 8945 return VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO; 8946 } 8947 else 8948 return VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT; 8949 } 8950 #endif 8951 8952 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 8953 /* 8954 * Restore global vars that start with a capital from the viminfo file 8955 */ 8956 int 8957 read_viminfo_varlist(vir_T *virp, int writing) 8958 { 8959 char_u *tab; 8960 int type = VAR_NUMBER; 8961 typval_T tv; 8962 funccal_entry_T funccal_entry; 8963 8964 if (!writing && (find_viminfo_parameter('!') != NULL)) 8965 { 8966 tab = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line + 1, '\t'); 8967 if (tab != NULL) 8968 { 8969 *tab++ = '\0'; /* isolate the variable name */ 8970 switch (*tab) 8971 { 8972 case 'S': type = VAR_STRING; break; 8973 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8974 case 'F': type = VAR_FLOAT; break; 8975 #endif 8976 case 'D': type = VAR_DICT; break; 8977 case 'L': type = VAR_LIST; break; 8978 case 'B': type = VAR_BLOB; break; 8979 case 'X': type = VAR_SPECIAL; break; 8980 } 8981 8982 tab = vim_strchr(tab, '\t'); 8983 if (tab != NULL) 8984 { 8985 tv.v_type = type; 8986 if (type == VAR_STRING || type == VAR_DICT 8987 || type == VAR_LIST || type == VAR_BLOB) 8988 tv.vval.v_string = viminfo_readstring(virp, 8989 (int)(tab - virp->vir_line + 1), TRUE); 8990 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8991 else if (type == VAR_FLOAT) 8992 (void)string2float(tab + 1, &tv.vval.v_float); 8993 #endif 8994 else 8995 tv.vval.v_number = atol((char *)tab + 1); 8996 if (type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8997 { 8998 typval_T *etv = eval_expr(tv.vval.v_string, NULL); 8999 9000 if (etv == NULL) 9001 /* Failed to parse back the dict or list, use it as a 9002 * string. */ 9003 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 9004 else 9005 { 9006 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 9007 tv = *etv; 9008 vim_free(etv); 9009 } 9010 } 9011 else if (type == VAR_BLOB) 9012 { 9013 blob_T *blob = string2blob(tv.vval.v_string); 9014 9015 if (blob == NULL) 9016 // Failed to parse back the blob, use it as a string. 9017 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 9018 else 9019 { 9020 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 9021 tv.v_type = VAR_BLOB; 9022 tv.vval.v_blob = blob; 9023 } 9024 } 9025 9026 /* when in a function use global variables */ 9027 save_funccal(&funccal_entry); 9028 set_var(virp->vir_line + 1, &tv, FALSE); 9029 restore_funccal(); 9030 9031 if (tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 9032 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 9033 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_DICT || tv.v_type == VAR_LIST || 9034 tv.v_type == VAR_BLOB) 9035 clear_tv(&tv); 9036 } 9037 } 9038 } 9039 9040 return viminfo_readline(virp); 9041 } 9042 9043 /* 9044 * Write global vars that start with a capital to the viminfo file 9045 */ 9046 void 9047 write_viminfo_varlist(FILE *fp) 9048 { 9049 hashitem_T *hi; 9050 dictitem_T *this_var; 9051 int todo; 9052 char *s = ""; 9053 char_u *p; 9054 char_u *tofree; 9055 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9056 9057 if (find_viminfo_parameter('!') == NULL) 9058 return; 9059 9060 fputs(_("\n# global variables:\n"), fp); 9061 9062 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 9063 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 9064 { 9065 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 9066 { 9067 --todo; 9068 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 9069 if (var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO) 9070 { 9071 switch (this_var->di_tv.v_type) 9072 { 9073 case VAR_STRING: s = "STR"; break; 9074 case VAR_NUMBER: s = "NUM"; break; 9075 case VAR_FLOAT: s = "FLO"; break; 9076 case VAR_DICT: s = "DIC"; break; 9077 case VAR_LIST: s = "LIS"; break; 9078 case VAR_BLOB: s = "BLO"; break; 9079 case VAR_SPECIAL: s = "XPL"; break; 9080 9081 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 9082 case VAR_FUNC: 9083 case VAR_PARTIAL: 9084 case VAR_JOB: 9085 case VAR_CHANNEL: 9086 continue; 9087 } 9088 fprintf(fp, "!%s\t%s\t", this_var->di_key, s); 9089 if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_SPECIAL) 9090 { 9091 sprintf((char *)numbuf, "%ld", 9092 (long)this_var->di_tv.vval.v_number); 9093 p = numbuf; 9094 tofree = NULL; 9095 } 9096 else 9097 p = echo_string(&this_var->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 9098 if (p != NULL) 9099 viminfo_writestring(fp, p); 9100 vim_free(tofree); 9101 } 9102 } 9103 } 9104 } 9105 #endif 9106 9107 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(PROTO) 9108 int 9109 store_session_globals(FILE *fd) 9110 { 9111 hashitem_T *hi; 9112 dictitem_T *this_var; 9113 int todo; 9114 char_u *p, *t; 9115 9116 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 9117 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 9118 { 9119 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 9120 { 9121 --todo; 9122 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 9123 if ((this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER 9124 || this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 9125 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 9126 { 9127 /* Escape special characters with a backslash. Turn a LF and 9128 * CR into \n and \r. */ 9129 p = vim_strsave_escaped(tv_get_string(&this_var->di_tv), 9130 (char_u *)"\\\"\n\r"); 9131 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 9132 break; 9133 for (t = p; *t != NUL; ++t) 9134 if (*t == '\n') 9135 *t = 'n'; 9136 else if (*t == '\r') 9137 *t = 'r'; 9138 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%s%c", 9139 this_var->di_key, 9140 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 9141 : ' ', 9142 p, 9143 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 9144 : ' ') < 0) 9145 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 9146 { 9147 vim_free(p); 9148 return FAIL; 9149 } 9150 vim_free(p); 9151 } 9152 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 9153 else if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT 9154 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 9155 { 9156 float_T f = this_var->di_tv.vval.v_float; 9157 int sign = ' '; 9158 9159 if (f < 0) 9160 { 9161 f = -f; 9162 sign = '-'; 9163 } 9164 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%f", 9165 this_var->di_key, sign, f) < 0) 9166 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 9167 return FAIL; 9168 } 9169 #endif 9170 } 9171 } 9172 return OK; 9173 } 9174 #endif 9175 9176 /* 9177 * Display script name where an item was last set. 9178 * Should only be invoked when 'verbose' is non-zero. 9179 */ 9180 void 9181 last_set_msg(sctx_T script_ctx) 9182 { 9183 char_u *p; 9184 9185 if (script_ctx.sc_sid != 0) 9186 { 9187 p = home_replace_save(NULL, get_scriptname(script_ctx.sc_sid)); 9188 if (p != NULL) 9189 { 9190 verbose_enter(); 9191 msg_puts(_("\n\tLast set from ")); 9192 msg_puts((char *)p); 9193 if (script_ctx.sc_lnum > 0) 9194 { 9195 msg_puts(_(" line ")); 9196 msg_outnum((long)script_ctx.sc_lnum); 9197 } 9198 verbose_leave(); 9199 vim_free(p); 9200 } 9201 } 9202 } 9203 9204 /* reset v:option_new, v:option_old and v:option_type */ 9205 void 9206 reset_v_option_vars(void) 9207 { 9208 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_NEW, NULL, -1); 9209 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_OLD, NULL, -1); 9210 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_TYPE, NULL, -1); 9211 } 9212 9213 /* 9214 * Prepare "gap" for an assert error and add the sourcing position. 9215 */ 9216 void 9217 prepare_assert_error(garray_T *gap) 9218 { 9219 char buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9220 9221 ga_init2(gap, 1, 100); 9222 if (sourcing_name != NULL) 9223 { 9224 ga_concat(gap, sourcing_name); 9225 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 9226 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" "); 9227 } 9228 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 9229 { 9230 sprintf(buf, "line %ld", (long)sourcing_lnum); 9231 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)buf); 9232 } 9233 if (sourcing_name != NULL || sourcing_lnum > 0) 9234 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9235 } 9236 9237 /* 9238 * Add an assert error to v:errors. 9239 */ 9240 void 9241 assert_error(garray_T *gap) 9242 { 9243 struct vimvar *vp = &vimvars[VV_ERRORS]; 9244 9245 if (vp->vv_type != VAR_LIST || vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list == NULL) 9246 /* Make sure v:errors is a list. */ 9247 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 9248 list_append_string(vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list, gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len); 9249 } 9250 9251 int 9252 assert_equal_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 9253 { 9254 garray_T ga; 9255 9256 if (tv_equal(&argvars[0], &argvars[1], FALSE, FALSE) 9257 != (atype == ASSERT_EQUAL)) 9258 { 9259 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9260 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 9261 atype); 9262 assert_error(&ga); 9263 ga_clear(&ga); 9264 return 1; 9265 } 9266 return 0; 9267 } 9268 9269 int 9270 assert_equalfile(typval_T *argvars) 9271 { 9272 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 9273 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9274 char_u *fname1 = tv_get_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 9275 char_u *fname2 = tv_get_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 9276 garray_T ga; 9277 FILE *fd1; 9278 FILE *fd2; 9279 9280 if (fname1 == NULL || fname2 == NULL) 9281 return 0; 9282 9283 IObuff[0] = NUL; 9284 fd1 = mch_fopen((char *)fname1, READBIN); 9285 if (fd1 == NULL) 9286 { 9287 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname1); 9288 } 9289 else 9290 { 9291 fd2 = mch_fopen((char *)fname2, READBIN); 9292 if (fd2 == NULL) 9293 { 9294 fclose(fd1); 9295 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname2); 9296 } 9297 else 9298 { 9299 int c1, c2; 9300 long count = 0; 9301 9302 for (;;) 9303 { 9304 c1 = fgetc(fd1); 9305 c2 = fgetc(fd2); 9306 if (c1 == EOF) 9307 { 9308 if (c2 != EOF) 9309 STRCPY(IObuff, "first file is shorter"); 9310 break; 9311 } 9312 else if (c2 == EOF) 9313 { 9314 STRCPY(IObuff, "second file is shorter"); 9315 break; 9316 } 9317 else if (c1 != c2) 9318 { 9319 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 9320 "difference at byte %ld", count); 9321 break; 9322 } 9323 ++count; 9324 } 9325 fclose(fd1); 9326 fclose(fd2); 9327 } 9328 } 9329 if (IObuff[0] != NUL) 9330 { 9331 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9332 ga_concat(&ga, IObuff); 9333 assert_error(&ga); 9334 ga_clear(&ga); 9335 return 1; 9336 } 9337 return 0; 9338 } 9339 9340 int 9341 assert_match_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 9342 { 9343 garray_T ga; 9344 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 9345 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9346 char_u *pat = tv_get_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 9347 char_u *text = tv_get_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 9348 9349 if (pat == NULL || text == NULL) 9350 emsg(_(e_invarg)); 9351 else if (pattern_match(pat, text, FALSE) != (atype == ASSERT_MATCH)) 9352 { 9353 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9354 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 9355 atype); 9356 assert_error(&ga); 9357 ga_clear(&ga); 9358 return 1; 9359 } 9360 return 0; 9361 } 9362 9363 int 9364 assert_inrange(typval_T *argvars) 9365 { 9366 garray_T ga; 9367 int error = FALSE; 9368 char_u *tofree; 9369 char msg[200]; 9370 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9371 9372 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 9373 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_FLOAT 9374 || argvars[1].v_type == VAR_FLOAT 9375 || argvars[2].v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9376 { 9377 float_T flower = tv_get_float(&argvars[0]); 9378 float_T fupper = tv_get_float(&argvars[1]); 9379 float_T factual = tv_get_float(&argvars[2]); 9380 9381 if (factual < flower || factual > fupper) 9382 { 9383 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9384 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9385 { 9386 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9387 vim_free(tofree); 9388 } 9389 else 9390 { 9391 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %g - %g, but got %g", 9392 flower, fupper, factual); 9393 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 9394 } 9395 assert_error(&ga); 9396 ga_clear(&ga); 9397 return 1; 9398 } 9399 } 9400 else 9401 #endif 9402 { 9403 varnumber_T lower = tv_get_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error); 9404 varnumber_T upper = tv_get_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error); 9405 varnumber_T actual = tv_get_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error); 9406 9407 if (error) 9408 return 0; 9409 if (actual < lower || actual > upper) 9410 { 9411 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9412 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9413 { 9414 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9415 vim_free(tofree); 9416 } 9417 else 9418 { 9419 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %ld - %ld, but got %ld", 9420 (long)lower, (long)upper, (long)actual); 9421 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 9422 } 9423 assert_error(&ga); 9424 ga_clear(&ga); 9425 return 1; 9426 } 9427 } 9428 return 0; 9429 } 9430 9431 /* 9432 * Common for assert_true() and assert_false(). 9433 * Return non-zero for failure. 9434 */ 9435 int 9436 assert_bool(typval_T *argvars, int isTrue) 9437 { 9438 int error = FALSE; 9439 garray_T ga; 9440 9441 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_SPECIAL 9442 && argvars[0].vval.v_number == (isTrue ? VVAL_TRUE : VVAL_FALSE)) 9443 return 0; 9444 if (argvars[0].v_type != VAR_NUMBER 9445 || (tv_get_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error) == 0) == isTrue 9446 || error) 9447 { 9448 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9449 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], 9450 (char_u *)(isTrue ? "True" : "False"), 9451 NULL, &argvars[0], ASSERT_OTHER); 9452 assert_error(&ga); 9453 ga_clear(&ga); 9454 return 1; 9455 } 9456 return 0; 9457 } 9458 9459 int 9460 assert_report(typval_T *argvars) 9461 { 9462 garray_T ga; 9463 9464 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9465 ga_concat(&ga, tv_get_string(&argvars[0])); 9466 assert_error(&ga); 9467 ga_clear(&ga); 9468 return 1; 9469 } 9470 9471 int 9472 assert_exception(typval_T *argvars) 9473 { 9474 garray_T ga; 9475 char_u *error = tv_get_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9476 9477 if (vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str == NULL) 9478 { 9479 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9480 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"v:exception is not set"); 9481 assert_error(&ga); 9482 ga_clear(&ga); 9483 return 1; 9484 } 9485 else if (error != NULL 9486 && strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str, (char *)error) == NULL) 9487 { 9488 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9489 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], NULL, &argvars[0], 9490 &vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9491 assert_error(&ga); 9492 ga_clear(&ga); 9493 return 1; 9494 } 9495 return 0; 9496 } 9497 9498 int 9499 assert_beeps(typval_T *argvars) 9500 { 9501 char_u *cmd = tv_get_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9502 garray_T ga; 9503 int ret = 0; 9504 9505 called_vim_beep = FALSE; 9506 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9507 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9508 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9509 if (!called_vim_beep) 9510 { 9511 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9512 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not beep: "); 9513 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9514 assert_error(&ga); 9515 ga_clear(&ga); 9516 ret = 1; 9517 } 9518 9519 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9520 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9521 return ret; 9522 } 9523 9524 int 9525 assert_fails(typval_T *argvars) 9526 { 9527 char_u *cmd = tv_get_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9528 garray_T ga; 9529 int ret = 0; 9530 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9531 char_u *tofree; 9532 9533 called_emsg = FALSE; 9534 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9535 emsg_silent = TRUE; 9536 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9537 if (!called_emsg) 9538 { 9539 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9540 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not fail: "); 9541 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 9542 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9543 { 9544 ga_concat(&ga, echo_string(&argvars[2], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9545 vim_free(tofree); 9546 } 9547 else 9548 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9549 assert_error(&ga); 9550 ga_clear(&ga); 9551 ret = 1; 9552 } 9553 else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9554 { 9555 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9556 char *error = (char *)tv_get_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 9557 9558 if (error == NULL 9559 || strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_str, error) == NULL) 9560 { 9561 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9562 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[1], 9563 &vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9564 assert_error(&ga); 9565 ga_clear(&ga); 9566 ret = 1; 9567 } 9568 } 9569 9570 called_emsg = FALSE; 9571 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9572 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9573 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9574 set_vim_var_string(VV_ERRMSG, NULL, 0); 9575 return ret; 9576 } 9577 9578 /* 9579 * Append "p[clen]" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9580 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9581 */ 9582 static void 9583 ga_concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *p, int clen) 9584 { 9585 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9586 9587 if (clen > 1) 9588 { 9589 mch_memmove(buf, p, clen); 9590 buf[clen] = NUL; 9591 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9592 } 9593 else switch (*p) 9594 { 9595 case BS: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\b"); break; 9596 case ESC: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\e"); break; 9597 case FF: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\f"); break; 9598 case NL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\n"); break; 9599 case TAB: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\t"); break; 9600 case CAR: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\r"); break; 9601 case '\\': ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\\\"); break; 9602 default: 9603 if (*p < ' ') 9604 { 9605 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "\\x%02x", *p); 9606 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9607 } 9608 else 9609 ga_append(gap, *p); 9610 break; 9611 } 9612 } 9613 9614 /* 9615 * Append "str" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9616 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9617 */ 9618 static void 9619 ga_concat_shorten_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *str) 9620 { 9621 char_u *p; 9622 char_u *s; 9623 int c; 9624 int clen; 9625 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9626 int same_len; 9627 9628 if (str == NULL) 9629 { 9630 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"NULL"); 9631 return; 9632 } 9633 9634 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p) 9635 { 9636 same_len = 1; 9637 s = p; 9638 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&s); 9639 clen = s - p; 9640 while (*s != NUL && c == mb_ptr2char(s)) 9641 { 9642 ++same_len; 9643 s += clen; 9644 } 9645 if (same_len > 20) 9646 { 9647 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\["); 9648 ga_concat_esc(gap, p, clen); 9649 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" occurs "); 9650 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%d", same_len); 9651 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9652 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" times]"); 9653 p = s - 1; 9654 } 9655 else 9656 ga_concat_esc(gap, p, clen); 9657 } 9658 } 9659 9660 /* 9661 * Fill "gap" with information about an assert error. 9662 */ 9663 void 9664 fill_assert_error( 9665 garray_T *gap, 9666 typval_T *opt_msg_tv, 9667 char_u *exp_str, 9668 typval_T *exp_tv, 9669 typval_T *got_tv, 9670 assert_type_T atype) 9671 { 9672 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9673 char_u *tofree; 9674 9675 if (opt_msg_tv->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9676 { 9677 ga_concat(gap, echo_string(opt_msg_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9678 vim_free(tofree); 9679 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9680 } 9681 9682 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH || atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9683 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Pattern "); 9684 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9685 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected not equal to "); 9686 else 9687 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected "); 9688 if (exp_str == NULL) 9689 { 9690 ga_concat_shorten_esc(gap, tv2string(exp_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9691 vim_free(tofree); 9692 } 9693 else 9694 ga_concat_shorten_esc(gap, exp_str); 9695 if (atype != ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9696 { 9697 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH) 9698 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does not match "); 9699 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9700 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does match "); 9701 else 9702 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" but got "); 9703 ga_concat_shorten_esc(gap, tv2string(got_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9704 vim_free(tofree); 9705 } 9706 } 9707 9708 /* 9709 * Compare "typ1" and "typ2". Put the result in "typ1". 9710 */ 9711 int 9712 typval_compare( 9713 typval_T *typ1, /* first operand */ 9714 typval_T *typ2, /* second operand */ 9715 exptype_T type, /* operator */ 9716 int type_is, /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 9717 int ic) /* ignore case */ 9718 { 9719 int i; 9720 varnumber_T n1, n2; 9721 char_u *s1, *s2; 9722 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9723 9724 if (type_is && typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9725 { 9726 /* For "is" a different type always means FALSE, for "notis" 9727 * it means TRUE. */ 9728 n1 = (type == TYPE_NEQUAL); 9729 } 9730 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_BLOB || typ2->v_type == VAR_BLOB) 9731 { 9732 if (type_is) 9733 { 9734 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9735 && typ1->vval.v_blob == typ2->vval.v_blob); 9736 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9737 n1 = !n1; 9738 } 9739 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9740 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9741 { 9742 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9743 emsg(_("E977: Can only compare Blob with Blob")); 9744 else 9745 emsg(_(e_invalblob)); 9746 clear_tv(typ1); 9747 return FAIL; 9748 } 9749 else 9750 { 9751 // Compare two Blobs for being equal or unequal. 9752 n1 = blob_equal(typ1->vval.v_blob, typ2->vval.v_blob); 9753 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9754 n1 = !n1; 9755 } 9756 } 9757 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_LIST || typ2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 9758 { 9759 if (type_is) 9760 { 9761 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9762 && typ1->vval.v_list == typ2->vval.v_list); 9763 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9764 n1 = !n1; 9765 } 9766 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9767 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9768 { 9769 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9770 emsg(_("E691: Can only compare List with List")); 9771 else 9772 emsg(_("E692: Invalid operation for List")); 9773 clear_tv(typ1); 9774 return FAIL; 9775 } 9776 else 9777 { 9778 /* Compare two Lists for being equal or unequal. */ 9779 n1 = list_equal(typ1->vval.v_list, typ2->vval.v_list, 9780 ic, FALSE); 9781 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9782 n1 = !n1; 9783 } 9784 } 9785 9786 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_DICT || typ2->v_type == VAR_DICT) 9787 { 9788 if (type_is) 9789 { 9790 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9791 && typ1->vval.v_dict == typ2->vval.v_dict); 9792 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9793 n1 = !n1; 9794 } 9795 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9796 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9797 { 9798 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9799 emsg(_("E735: Can only compare Dictionary with Dictionary")); 9800 else 9801 emsg(_("E736: Invalid operation for Dictionary")); 9802 clear_tv(typ1); 9803 return FAIL; 9804 } 9805 else 9806 { 9807 /* Compare two Dictionaries for being equal or unequal. */ 9808 n1 = dict_equal(typ1->vval.v_dict, typ2->vval.v_dict, 9809 ic, FALSE); 9810 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9811 n1 = !n1; 9812 } 9813 } 9814 9815 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC || typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 9816 || typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL || typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9817 { 9818 if (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL) 9819 { 9820 emsg(_("E694: Invalid operation for Funcrefs")); 9821 clear_tv(typ1); 9822 return FAIL; 9823 } 9824 if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9825 && typ1->vval.v_partial == NULL) 9826 || (typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9827 && typ2->vval.v_partial == NULL)) 9828 /* when a partial is NULL assume not equal */ 9829 n1 = FALSE; 9830 else if (type_is) 9831 { 9832 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC && typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 9833 /* strings are considered the same if their value is 9834 * the same */ 9835 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9836 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9837 && typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9838 n1 = (typ1->vval.v_partial == typ2->vval.v_partial); 9839 else 9840 n1 = FALSE; 9841 } 9842 else 9843 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9844 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9845 n1 = !n1; 9846 } 9847 9848 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 9849 /* 9850 * If one of the two variables is a float, compare as a float. 9851 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9852 */ 9853 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9854 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9855 { 9856 float_T f1, f2; 9857 9858 f1 = tv_get_float(typ1); 9859 f2 = tv_get_float(typ2); 9860 n1 = FALSE; 9861 switch (type) 9862 { 9863 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (f1 == f2); break; 9864 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (f1 != f2); break; 9865 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (f1 > f2); break; 9866 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (f1 >= f2); break; 9867 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (f1 < f2); break; 9868 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (f1 <= f2); break; 9869 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9870 case TYPE_MATCH: 9871 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9872 } 9873 } 9874 #endif 9875 9876 /* 9877 * If one of the two variables is a number, compare as a number. 9878 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9879 */ 9880 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || typ2->v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 9881 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9882 { 9883 n1 = tv_get_number(typ1); 9884 n2 = tv_get_number(typ2); 9885 switch (type) 9886 { 9887 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (n1 == n2); break; 9888 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (n1 != n2); break; 9889 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (n1 > n2); break; 9890 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (n1 >= n2); break; 9891 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (n1 < n2); break; 9892 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (n1 <= n2); break; 9893 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9894 case TYPE_MATCH: 9895 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9896 } 9897 } 9898 else 9899 { 9900 s1 = tv_get_string_buf(typ1, buf1); 9901 s2 = tv_get_string_buf(typ2, buf2); 9902 if (type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9903 i = ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2); 9904 else 9905 i = 0; 9906 n1 = FALSE; 9907 switch (type) 9908 { 9909 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (i == 0); break; 9910 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (i != 0); break; 9911 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (i > 0); break; 9912 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (i >= 0); break; 9913 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (i < 0); break; 9914 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (i <= 0); break; 9915 9916 case TYPE_MATCH: 9917 case TYPE_NOMATCH: 9918 n1 = pattern_match(s2, s1, ic); 9919 if (type == TYPE_NOMATCH) 9920 n1 = !n1; 9921 break; 9922 9923 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9924 } 9925 } 9926 clear_tv(typ1); 9927 typ1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 9928 typ1->vval.v_number = n1; 9929 9930 return OK; 9931 } 9932 9933 char_u * 9934 typval_tostring(typval_T *arg) 9935 { 9936 char_u *tofree; 9937 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9938 char_u *ret = NULL; 9939 9940 if (arg == NULL) 9941 return vim_strsave((char_u *)"(does not exist)"); 9942 ret = tv2string(arg, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 9943 /* Make a copy if we have a value but it's not in allocated memory. */ 9944 if (ret != NULL && tofree == NULL) 9945 ret = vim_strsave(ret); 9946 return ret; 9947 } 9948 9949 int 9950 var_exists(char_u *var) 9951 { 9952 char_u *name; 9953 char_u *tofree; 9954 typval_T tv; 9955 int len = 0; 9956 int n = FALSE; 9957 9958 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 9959 name = var; 9960 len = get_name_len(&var, &tofree, TRUE, FALSE); 9961 if (len > 0) 9962 { 9963 if (tofree != NULL) 9964 name = tofree; 9965 n = (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == OK); 9966 if (n) 9967 { 9968 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 9969 n = (handle_subscript(&var, &tv, TRUE, FALSE) == OK); 9970 if (n) 9971 clear_tv(&tv); 9972 } 9973 } 9974 if (*var != NUL) 9975 n = FALSE; 9976 9977 vim_free(tofree); 9978 return n; 9979 } 9980 9981 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ 9982 9983 9984 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9985 9986 #ifdef MSWIN 9987 /* 9988 * Functions for ":8" filename modifier: get 8.3 version of a filename. 9989 */ 9990 9991 /* 9992 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fnamep". 9993 * Only works for a valid file name. 9994 * When the path gets longer "fnamep" is changed and the allocated buffer 9995 * is put in "bufp". 9996 * *fnamelen is the length of "fnamep" and set to 0 for a nonexistent path. 9997 * Returns OK on success, FAIL on failure. 9998 */ 9999 static int 10000 get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen) 10001 { 10002 int l, len; 10003 char_u *newbuf; 10004 10005 len = *fnamelen; 10006 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, len); 10007 if (l > len - 1) 10008 { 10009 /* If that doesn't work (not enough space), then save the string 10010 * and try again with a new buffer big enough. */ 10011 newbuf = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, l); 10012 if (newbuf == NULL) 10013 return FAIL; 10014 10015 vim_free(*bufp); 10016 *fnamep = *bufp = newbuf; 10017 10018 /* Really should always succeed, as the buffer is big enough. */ 10019 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, l+1); 10020 } 10021 10022 *fnamelen = l; 10023 return OK; 10024 } 10025 10026 /* 10027 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fname". The converted 10028 * path is returned in "bufp". 10029 * 10030 * Some of the directories specified in "fname" may not exist. This function 10031 * will shorten the existing directories at the beginning of the path and then 10032 * append the remaining non-existing path. 10033 * 10034 * fname - Pointer to the filename to shorten. On return, contains the 10035 * pointer to the shortened pathname 10036 * bufp - Pointer to an allocated buffer for the filename. 10037 * fnamelen - Length of the filename pointed to by fname 10038 * 10039 * Returns OK on success (or nothing done) and FAIL on failure (out of memory). 10040 */ 10041 static int 10042 shortpath_for_invalid_fname( 10043 char_u **fname, 10044 char_u **bufp, 10045 int *fnamelen) 10046 { 10047 char_u *short_fname, *save_fname, *pbuf_unused; 10048 char_u *endp, *save_endp; 10049 char_u ch; 10050 int old_len, len; 10051 int new_len, sfx_len; 10052 int retval = OK; 10053 10054 /* Make a copy */ 10055 old_len = *fnamelen; 10056 save_fname = vim_strnsave(*fname, old_len); 10057 pbuf_unused = NULL; 10058 short_fname = NULL; 10059 10060 endp = save_fname + old_len - 1; /* Find the end of the copy */ 10061 save_endp = endp; 10062 10063 /* 10064 * Try shortening the supplied path till it succeeds by removing one 10065 * directory at a time from the tail of the path. 10066 */ 10067 len = 0; 10068 for (;;) 10069 { 10070 /* go back one path-separator */ 10071 while (endp > save_fname && !after_pathsep(save_fname, endp + 1)) 10072 --endp; 10073 if (endp <= save_fname) 10074 break; /* processed the complete path */ 10075 10076 /* 10077 * Replace the path separator with a NUL and try to shorten the 10078 * resulting path. 10079 */ 10080 ch = *endp; 10081 *endp = 0; 10082 short_fname = save_fname; 10083 len = (int)STRLEN(short_fname) + 1; 10084 if (get_short_pathname(&short_fname, &pbuf_unused, &len) == FAIL) 10085 { 10086 retval = FAIL; 10087 goto theend; 10088 } 10089 *endp = ch; /* preserve the string */ 10090 10091 if (len > 0) 10092 break; /* successfully shortened the path */ 10093 10094 /* failed to shorten the path. Skip the path separator */ 10095 --endp; 10096 } 10097 10098 if (len > 0) 10099 { 10100 /* 10101 * Succeeded in shortening the path. Now concatenate the shortened 10102 * path with the remaining path at the tail. 10103 */ 10104 10105 /* Compute the length of the new path. */ 10106 sfx_len = (int)(save_endp - endp) + 1; 10107 new_len = len + sfx_len; 10108 10109 *fnamelen = new_len; 10110 vim_free(*bufp); 10111 if (new_len > old_len) 10112 { 10113 /* There is not enough space in the currently allocated string, 10114 * copy it to a buffer big enough. */ 10115 *fname = *bufp = vim_strnsave(short_fname, new_len); 10116 if (*fname == NULL) 10117 { 10118 retval = FAIL; 10119 goto theend; 10120 } 10121 } 10122 else 10123 { 10124 /* Transfer short_fname to the main buffer (it's big enough), 10125 * unless get_short_pathname() did its work in-place. */ 10126 *fname = *bufp = save_fname; 10127 if (short_fname != save_fname) 10128 vim_strncpy(save_fname, short_fname, len); 10129 save_fname = NULL; 10130 } 10131 10132 /* concat the not-shortened part of the path */ 10133 vim_strncpy(*fname + len, endp, sfx_len); 10134 (*fname)[new_len] = NUL; 10135 } 10136 10137 theend: 10138 vim_free(pbuf_unused); 10139 vim_free(save_fname); 10140 10141 return retval; 10142 } 10143 10144 /* 10145 * Get a pathname for a partial path. 10146 * Returns OK for success, FAIL for failure. 10147 */ 10148 static int 10149 shortpath_for_partial( 10150 char_u **fnamep, 10151 char_u **bufp, 10152 int *fnamelen) 10153 { 10154 int sepcount, len, tflen; 10155 char_u *p; 10156 char_u *pbuf, *tfname; 10157 int hasTilde; 10158 10159 /* Count up the path separators from the RHS.. so we know which part 10160 * of the path to return. */ 10161 sepcount = 0; 10162 for (p = *fnamep; p < *fnamep + *fnamelen; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 10163 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 10164 ++sepcount; 10165 10166 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 10167 hasTilde = (**fnamep == '~'); 10168 if (hasTilde) 10169 pbuf = tfname = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 10170 else 10171 pbuf = tfname = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 10172 10173 len = tflen = (int)STRLEN(tfname); 10174 10175 if (get_short_pathname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 10176 return FAIL; 10177 10178 if (len == 0) 10179 { 10180 /* Don't have a valid filename, so shorten the rest of the 10181 * path if we can. This CAN give us invalid 8.3 filenames, but 10182 * there's not a lot of point in guessing what it might be. 10183 */ 10184 len = tflen; 10185 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 10186 return FAIL; 10187 } 10188 10189 /* Count the paths backward to find the beginning of the desired string. */ 10190 for (p = tfname + len - 1; p >= tfname; --p) 10191 { 10192 if (has_mbyte) 10193 p -= mb_head_off(tfname, p); 10194 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 10195 { 10196 if (sepcount == 0 || (hasTilde && sepcount == 1)) 10197 break; 10198 else 10199 sepcount --; 10200 } 10201 } 10202 if (hasTilde) 10203 { 10204 --p; 10205 if (p >= tfname) 10206 *p = '~'; 10207 else 10208 return FAIL; 10209 } 10210 else 10211 ++p; 10212 10213 /* Copy in the string - p indexes into tfname - allocated at pbuf */ 10214 vim_free(*bufp); 10215 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 10216 *bufp = pbuf; 10217 *fnamep = p; 10218 10219 return OK; 10220 } 10221 #endif // MSWIN 10222 10223 /* 10224 * Adjust a filename, according to a string of modifiers. 10225 * *fnamep must be NUL terminated when called. When returning, the length is 10226 * determined by *fnamelen. 10227 * Returns VALID_ flags or -1 for failure. 10228 * When there is an error, *fnamep is set to NULL. 10229 */ 10230 int 10231 modify_fname( 10232 char_u *src, // string with modifiers 10233 int tilde_file, // "~" is a file name, not $HOME 10234 int *usedlen, // characters after src that are used 10235 char_u **fnamep, // file name so far 10236 char_u **bufp, // buffer for allocated file name or NULL 10237 int *fnamelen) // length of fnamep 10238 { 10239 int valid = 0; 10240 char_u *tail; 10241 char_u *s, *p, *pbuf; 10242 char_u dirname[MAXPATHL]; 10243 int c; 10244 int has_fullname = 0; 10245 #ifdef MSWIN 10246 char_u *fname_start = *fnamep; 10247 int has_shortname = 0; 10248 #endif 10249 10250 repeat: 10251 /* ":p" - full path/file_name */ 10252 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'p') 10253 { 10254 has_fullname = 1; 10255 10256 valid |= VALID_PATH; 10257 *usedlen += 2; 10258 10259 /* Expand "~/path" for all systems and "~user/path" for Unix and VMS */ 10260 if ((*fnamep)[0] == '~' 10261 #if !defined(UNIX) && !(defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) 10262 && ((*fnamep)[1] == '/' 10263 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 10264 || (*fnamep)[1] == '\\' 10265 # endif 10266 || (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 10267 #endif 10268 && !(tilde_file && (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 10269 ) 10270 { 10271 *fnamep = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 10272 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 10273 *bufp = *fnamep; 10274 if (*fnamep == NULL) 10275 return -1; 10276 } 10277 10278 /* When "/." or "/.." is used: force expansion to get rid of it. */ 10279 for (p = *fnamep; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 10280 { 10281 if (vim_ispathsep(*p) 10282 && p[1] == '.' 10283 && (p[2] == NUL 10284 || vim_ispathsep(p[2]) 10285 || (p[2] == '.' 10286 && (p[3] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(p[3]))))) 10287 break; 10288 } 10289 10290 /* FullName_save() is slow, don't use it when not needed. */ 10291 if (*p != NUL || !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 10292 { 10293 *fnamep = FullName_save(*fnamep, *p != NUL); 10294 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 10295 *bufp = *fnamep; 10296 if (*fnamep == NULL) 10297 return -1; 10298 } 10299 10300 #ifdef MSWIN 10301 # if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 10302 if (vim_strchr(*fnamep, '~') != NULL) 10303 { 10304 /* Expand 8.3 filename to full path. Needed to make sure the same 10305 * file does not have two different names. 10306 * Note: problem does not occur if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500. */ 10307 p = alloc(_MAX_PATH + 1); 10308 if (p != NULL) 10309 { 10310 if (GetLongPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)p, _MAX_PATH)) 10311 { 10312 vim_free(*bufp); 10313 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 10314 } 10315 else 10316 vim_free(p); 10317 } 10318 } 10319 # endif 10320 #endif 10321 /* Append a path separator to a directory. */ 10322 if (mch_isdir(*fnamep)) 10323 { 10324 /* Make room for one or two extra characters. */ 10325 *fnamep = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) + 2); 10326 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 10327 *bufp = *fnamep; 10328 if (*fnamep == NULL) 10329 return -1; 10330 add_pathsep(*fnamep); 10331 } 10332 } 10333 10334 /* ":." - path relative to the current directory */ 10335 /* ":~" - path relative to the home directory */ 10336 /* ":8" - shortname path - postponed till after */ 10337 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 10338 && ((c = src[*usedlen + 1]) == '.' || c == '~' || c == '8')) 10339 { 10340 *usedlen += 2; 10341 if (c == '8') 10342 { 10343 #ifdef MSWIN 10344 has_shortname = 1; /* Postpone this. */ 10345 #endif 10346 continue; 10347 } 10348 pbuf = NULL; 10349 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 10350 if (!has_fullname) 10351 { 10352 if (c == '.' && **fnamep == '~') 10353 p = pbuf = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 10354 else 10355 p = pbuf = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 10356 } 10357 else 10358 p = *fnamep; 10359 10360 has_fullname = 0; 10361 10362 if (p != NULL) 10363 { 10364 if (c == '.') 10365 { 10366 mch_dirname(dirname, MAXPATHL); 10367 s = shorten_fname(p, dirname); 10368 if (s != NULL) 10369 { 10370 *fnamep = s; 10371 if (pbuf != NULL) 10372 { 10373 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 10374 *bufp = pbuf; 10375 pbuf = NULL; 10376 } 10377 } 10378 } 10379 else 10380 { 10381 home_replace(NULL, p, dirname, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10382 /* Only replace it when it starts with '~' */ 10383 if (*dirname == '~') 10384 { 10385 s = vim_strsave(dirname); 10386 if (s != NULL) 10387 { 10388 *fnamep = s; 10389 vim_free(*bufp); 10390 *bufp = s; 10391 } 10392 } 10393 } 10394 vim_free(pbuf); 10395 } 10396 } 10397 10398 tail = gettail(*fnamep); 10399 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(*fnamep); 10400 10401 /* ":h" - head, remove "/file_name", can be repeated */ 10402 /* Don't remove the first "/" or "c:\" */ 10403 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'h') 10404 { 10405 valid |= VALID_HEAD; 10406 *usedlen += 2; 10407 s = get_past_head(*fnamep); 10408 while (tail > s && after_pathsep(s, tail)) 10409 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 10410 *fnamelen = (int)(tail - *fnamep); 10411 #ifdef VMS 10412 if (*fnamelen > 0) 10413 *fnamelen += 1; /* the path separator is part of the path */ 10414 #endif 10415 if (*fnamelen == 0) 10416 { 10417 /* Result is empty. Turn it into "." to make ":cd %:h" work. */ 10418 p = vim_strsave((char_u *)"."); 10419 if (p == NULL) 10420 return -1; 10421 vim_free(*bufp); 10422 *bufp = *fnamep = tail = p; 10423 *fnamelen = 1; 10424 } 10425 else 10426 { 10427 while (tail > s && !after_pathsep(s, tail)) 10428 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 10429 } 10430 } 10431 10432 /* ":8" - shortname */ 10433 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == '8') 10434 { 10435 *usedlen += 2; 10436 #ifdef MSWIN 10437 has_shortname = 1; 10438 #endif 10439 } 10440 10441 #ifdef MSWIN 10442 /* 10443 * Handle ":8" after we have done 'heads' and before we do 'tails'. 10444 */ 10445 if (has_shortname) 10446 { 10447 /* Copy the string if it is shortened by :h and when it wasn't copied 10448 * yet, because we are going to change it in place. Avoids changing 10449 * the buffer name for "%:8". */ 10450 if (*fnamelen < (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) || *fnamep == fname_start) 10451 { 10452 p = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 10453 if (p == NULL) 10454 return -1; 10455 vim_free(*bufp); 10456 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 10457 } 10458 10459 /* Split into two implementations - makes it easier. First is where 10460 * there isn't a full name already, second is where there is. */ 10461 if (!has_fullname && !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 10462 { 10463 if (shortpath_for_partial(fnamep, bufp, fnamelen) == FAIL) 10464 return -1; 10465 } 10466 else 10467 { 10468 int l = *fnamelen; 10469 10470 /* Simple case, already have the full-name. 10471 * Nearly always shorter, so try first time. */ 10472 if (get_short_pathname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 10473 return -1; 10474 10475 if (l == 0) 10476 { 10477 /* Couldn't find the filename, search the paths. */ 10478 l = *fnamelen; 10479 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 10480 return -1; 10481 } 10482 *fnamelen = l; 10483 } 10484 } 10485 #endif // MSWIN 10486 10487 /* ":t" - tail, just the basename */ 10488 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 't') 10489 { 10490 *usedlen += 2; 10491 *fnamelen -= (int)(tail - *fnamep); 10492 *fnamep = tail; 10493 } 10494 10495 /* ":e" - extension, can be repeated */ 10496 /* ":r" - root, without extension, can be repeated */ 10497 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 10498 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' || src[*usedlen + 1] == 'r')) 10499 { 10500 /* find a '.' in the tail: 10501 * - for second :e: before the current fname 10502 * - otherwise: The last '.' 10503 */ 10504 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' && *fnamep > tail) 10505 s = *fnamep - 2; 10506 else 10507 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 10508 for ( ; s > tail; --s) 10509 if (s[0] == '.') 10510 break; 10511 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e') /* :e */ 10512 { 10513 if (s > tail) 10514 { 10515 *fnamelen += (int)(*fnamep - (s + 1)); 10516 *fnamep = s + 1; 10517 #ifdef VMS 10518 /* cut version from the extension */ 10519 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 10520 for ( ; s > *fnamep; --s) 10521 if (s[0] == ';') 10522 break; 10523 if (s > *fnamep) 10524 *fnamelen = s - *fnamep; 10525 #endif 10526 } 10527 else if (*fnamep <= tail) 10528 *fnamelen = 0; 10529 } 10530 else /* :r */ 10531 { 10532 if (s > tail) /* remove one extension */ 10533 *fnamelen = (int)(s - *fnamep); 10534 } 10535 *usedlen += 2; 10536 } 10537 10538 /* ":s?pat?foo?" - substitute */ 10539 /* ":gs?pat?foo?" - global substitute */ 10540 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' 10541 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 's' 10542 || (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g' && src[*usedlen + 2] == 's'))) 10543 { 10544 char_u *str; 10545 char_u *pat; 10546 char_u *sub; 10547 int sep; 10548 char_u *flags; 10549 int didit = FALSE; 10550 10551 flags = (char_u *)""; 10552 s = src + *usedlen + 2; 10553 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g') 10554 { 10555 flags = (char_u *)"g"; 10556 ++s; 10557 } 10558 10559 sep = *s++; 10560 if (sep) 10561 { 10562 /* find end of pattern */ 10563 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10564 if (p != NULL) 10565 { 10566 pat = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10567 if (pat != NULL) 10568 { 10569 s = p + 1; 10570 /* find end of substitution */ 10571 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10572 if (p != NULL) 10573 { 10574 sub = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10575 str = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 10576 if (sub != NULL && str != NULL) 10577 { 10578 *usedlen = (int)(p + 1 - src); 10579 s = do_string_sub(str, pat, sub, NULL, flags); 10580 if (s != NULL) 10581 { 10582 *fnamep = s; 10583 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(s); 10584 vim_free(*bufp); 10585 *bufp = s; 10586 didit = TRUE; 10587 } 10588 } 10589 vim_free(sub); 10590 vim_free(str); 10591 } 10592 vim_free(pat); 10593 } 10594 } 10595 /* after using ":s", repeat all the modifiers */ 10596 if (didit) 10597 goto repeat; 10598 } 10599 } 10600 10601 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'S') 10602 { 10603 /* vim_strsave_shellescape() needs a NUL terminated string. */ 10604 c = (*fnamep)[*fnamelen]; 10605 if (c != NUL) 10606 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = NUL; 10607 p = vim_strsave_shellescape(*fnamep, FALSE, FALSE); 10608 if (c != NUL) 10609 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = c; 10610 if (p == NULL) 10611 return -1; 10612 vim_free(*bufp); 10613 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 10614 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 10615 *usedlen += 2; 10616 } 10617 10618 return valid; 10619 } 10620 10621 /* 10622 * Perform a substitution on "str" with pattern "pat" and substitute "sub". 10623 * When "sub" is NULL "expr" is used, must be a VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL. 10624 * "flags" can be "g" to do a global substitute. 10625 * Returns an allocated string, NULL for error. 10626 */ 10627 char_u * 10628 do_string_sub( 10629 char_u *str, 10630 char_u *pat, 10631 char_u *sub, 10632 typval_T *expr, 10633 char_u *flags) 10634 { 10635 int sublen; 10636 regmatch_T regmatch; 10637 int i; 10638 int do_all; 10639 char_u *tail; 10640 char_u *end; 10641 garray_T ga; 10642 char_u *ret; 10643 char_u *save_cpo; 10644 char_u *zero_width = NULL; 10645 10646 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, so that the 'l' flag doesn't work here */ 10647 save_cpo = p_cpo; 10648 p_cpo = empty_option; 10649 10650 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200); 10651 10652 do_all = (flags[0] == 'g'); 10653 10654 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 10655 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 10656 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 10657 { 10658 tail = str; 10659 end = str + STRLEN(str); 10660 while (vim_regexec_nl(®match, str, (colnr_T)(tail - str))) 10661 { 10662 /* Skip empty match except for first match. */ 10663 if (regmatch.startp[0] == regmatch.endp[0]) 10664 { 10665 if (zero_width == regmatch.startp[0]) 10666 { 10667 /* avoid getting stuck on a match with an empty string */ 10668 i = MB_PTR2LEN(tail); 10669 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, 10670 (size_t)i); 10671 ga.ga_len += i; 10672 tail += i; 10673 continue; 10674 } 10675 zero_width = regmatch.startp[0]; 10676 } 10677 10678 /* 10679 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the substitution 10680 * into. It will contain: 10681 * - The text up to where the match is. 10682 * - The substituted text. 10683 * - The text after the match. 10684 */ 10685 sublen = vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, tail, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 10686 if (ga_grow(&ga, (int)((end - tail) + sublen - 10687 (regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]))) == FAIL) 10688 { 10689 ga_clear(&ga); 10690 break; 10691 } 10692 10693 /* copy the text up to where the match is */ 10694 i = (int)(regmatch.startp[0] - tail); 10695 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, (size_t)i); 10696 /* add the substituted text */ 10697 (void)vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, (char_u *)ga.ga_data 10698 + ga.ga_len + i, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); 10699 ga.ga_len += i + sublen - 1; 10700 tail = regmatch.endp[0]; 10701 if (*tail == NUL) 10702 break; 10703 if (!do_all) 10704 break; 10705 } 10706 10707 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 10708 STRCPY((char *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail); 10709 10710 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 10711 } 10712 10713 ret = vim_strsave(ga.ga_data == NULL ? str : (char_u *)ga.ga_data); 10714 ga_clear(&ga); 10715 if (p_cpo == empty_option) 10716 p_cpo = save_cpo; 10717 else 10718 /* Darn, evaluating {sub} expression or {expr} changed the value. */ 10719 free_string_option(save_cpo); 10720 10721 return ret; 10722 } 10723 10724 static int 10725 filter_map_one(typval_T *tv, typval_T *expr, int map, int *remp) 10726 { 10727 typval_T rettv; 10728 typval_T argv[3]; 10729 int retval = FAIL; 10730 10731 copy_tv(tv, &vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10732 argv[0] = vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv; 10733 argv[1] = vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv; 10734 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, argv, 2, &rettv) == FAIL) 10735 goto theend; 10736 if (map) 10737 { 10738 /* map(): replace the list item value */ 10739 clear_tv(tv); 10740 rettv.v_lock = 0; 10741 *tv = rettv; 10742 } 10743 else 10744 { 10745 int error = FALSE; 10746 10747 /* filter(): when expr is zero remove the item */ 10748 *remp = (tv_get_number_chk(&rettv, &error) == 0); 10749 clear_tv(&rettv); 10750 /* On type error, nothing has been removed; return FAIL to stop the 10751 * loop. The error message was given by tv_get_number_chk(). */ 10752 if (error) 10753 goto theend; 10754 } 10755 retval = OK; 10756 theend: 10757 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10758 return retval; 10759 } 10760 10761 10762 /* 10763 * Implementation of map() and filter(). 10764 */ 10765 void 10766 filter_map(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int map) 10767 { 10768 typval_T *expr; 10769 listitem_T *li, *nli; 10770 list_T *l = NULL; 10771 dictitem_T *di; 10772 hashtab_T *ht; 10773 hashitem_T *hi; 10774 dict_T *d = NULL; 10775 typval_T save_val; 10776 typval_T save_key; 10777 blob_T *b = NULL; 10778 int rem; 10779 int todo; 10780 char_u *ermsg = (char_u *)(map ? "map()" : "filter()"); 10781 char_u *arg_errmsg = (char_u *)(map ? N_("map() argument") 10782 : N_("filter() argument")); 10783 int save_did_emsg; 10784 int idx = 0; 10785 10786 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_BLOB) 10787 { 10788 if ((b = argvars[0].vval.v_blob) == NULL) 10789 return; 10790 } 10791 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST) 10792 { 10793 if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) == NULL 10794 || (!map && var_check_lock(l->lv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10795 return; 10796 } 10797 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10798 { 10799 if ((d = argvars[0].vval.v_dict) == NULL 10800 || (!map && var_check_lock(d->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10801 return; 10802 } 10803 else 10804 { 10805 semsg(_(e_listdictarg), ermsg); 10806 return; 10807 } 10808 10809 expr = &argvars[1]; 10810 /* On type errors, the preceding call has already displayed an error 10811 * message. Avoid a misleading error message for an empty string that 10812 * was not passed as argument. */ 10813 if (expr->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 10814 { 10815 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10816 10817 /* We reset "did_emsg" to be able to detect whether an error 10818 * occurred during evaluation of the expression. */ 10819 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10820 did_emsg = FALSE; 10821 10822 prepare_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10823 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10824 { 10825 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 10826 10827 ht = &d->dv_hashtab; 10828 hash_lock(ht); 10829 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 10830 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 10831 { 10832 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 10833 { 10834 int r; 10835 10836 --todo; 10837 di = HI2DI(hi); 10838 if (map && (var_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, 10839 arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10840 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, 10841 arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10842 break; 10843 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_str = vim_strsave(di->di_key); 10844 r = filter_map_one(&di->di_tv, expr, map, &rem); 10845 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv); 10846 if (r == FAIL || did_emsg) 10847 break; 10848 if (!map && rem) 10849 { 10850 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10851 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10852 break; 10853 dictitem_remove(d, di); 10854 } 10855 } 10856 } 10857 hash_unlock(ht); 10858 } 10859 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_BLOB) 10860 { 10861 int i; 10862 typval_T tv; 10863 10864 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10865 for (i = 0; i < b->bv_ga.ga_len; i++) 10866 { 10867 tv.v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10868 tv.vval.v_number = blob_get(b, i); 10869 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10870 if (filter_map_one(&tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL || did_emsg) 10871 break; 10872 if (tv.v_type != VAR_NUMBER) 10873 { 10874 emsg(_(e_invalblob)); 10875 return; 10876 } 10877 tv.v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10878 blob_set(b, i, tv.vval.v_number); 10879 if (!map && rem) 10880 { 10881 char_u *p = (char_u *)argvars[0].vval.v_blob->bv_ga.ga_data; 10882 10883 mch_memmove(p + idx, p + i + 1, 10884 (size_t)b->bv_ga.ga_len - i - 1); 10885 --b->bv_ga.ga_len; 10886 --i; 10887 } 10888 } 10889 } 10890 else 10891 { 10892 // argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST 10893 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10894 10895 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = nli) 10896 { 10897 if (map && var_check_lock(li->li_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10898 break; 10899 nli = li->li_next; 10900 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10901 if (filter_map_one(&li->li_tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL 10902 || did_emsg) 10903 break; 10904 if (!map && rem) 10905 listitem_remove(l, li); 10906 ++idx; 10907 } 10908 } 10909 10910 restore_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10911 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10912 10913 did_emsg |= save_did_emsg; 10914 } 10915 10916 copy_tv(&argvars[0], rettv); 10917 } 10918 10919 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) */ 10920